HomeMy WebLinkAboutSpecs for Memorial Park Building
n
l
r
"
,..
I
(
PROTECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR:
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK BUILDING
,...
PRIOR . LAKE, MINNESOTA
r
,
.
OCTOBER 10, 1995
~
i '
.
r-,
I
-
I
i
ST ->>'IOING
S!4M METAl...
10001'
r
r
r.
I
I
r,
ROCK. FACE eL.OOC
ec:..Oft ...
~ FACE eLOCK
C"OL.OIll-2
....
,
~ - - . "'-
. .
- ... ~ ~
.. - - . --- - - ~-
-- ".,
~ - ...,..
. -
- ., -' .
r
.
ARCHITECf:
BRW ELNESS ARCHITECtS INC
700 THIRD STREET SOUTH MPLS, MN' 55415
612-339-5508
1'"'"
r
l
r-
!
r-
1
r
\ .,
..l".
I, __Iii
'.,,::.Iiilll Ii .",j;. ,
.' ! , lI......,'t..
.--,
i
\ i
L
n
L.;
r;
\_-
r
! !
U
r\
, "
C...1"'
,.....,
U
.....'"'
I I
L
"r:.
U
u
n
\ I
L,
.."'-"
u
0.
o
~
; r
LJ
lJ
o
n
, ,
i I
LJ
fI
. \
U
o
iI..
.......
I
'-
:---
DATE:
OdobeI' 10, 1995
INVITATION TO BID
FROM:
PRIO.R.LAKE PUBLIC WORKS AND P.AIU<.S MAINTENANCE
CITY OF PRIO.R. LAKE. MINNESOTA
&
BRW BLNESS ARCHITECTS INC (Project #2923200)
MEMORIAL PARK CONCESSION /RESTROOM BUILDING
BID DUE DATE: OCTOBER 31, 1995
-
RE:
You are invited'to bid a lump sum contract for the City of Prior Lake.
..-
'rhe project includes a park building, including concrete work, masonry. earthwork, wood
framing, wood deck, doors, windows, painting, various finishes and equipment, asphalt shingles
and sheet metal work. The work includes a concessions area, restrooms, and pressbox:
approximately 700 enclosed square feet plus prcssbox. Electrical and mechanical systems shall
be provided on a designlbuild basis.
---
,...-.
Bids will be received at the Parks D~artment of City Hall (located at 16200 Eagle Creek Ave.
S.E.) until 2:00 p.m. on October 31, 1995: bids will be read aloud at the Fire Station (17676 Fish
Point Road) at 2:30 p.m., on the same day. Project start is tentatively set for November 10, 1995.
Bidding documents may be examined at the Minneapolis Builders Exchange, St Paul Builders
Exchange, F.W. Dodge and the office of the Architect. Documents may be obtained by general
contractors only (from the Architect) with a refundable deposit of SSO.OO/set and a maximum of
one set, depending on conditions. There is a S10.00 charge for BRWEA to package and mail
sets to contractors.
-,
The format of these documents allows for easy reproducible by the contractors. Sets will not be
issued to anyone (on a refundable basis) after October 24. 1995. Separate sheets or full sets may
be purchased directly by contractors. subcontractors and suppliers at Abinsons' Glenwood office
at any time. Cost for these sheets are not refundable.
A bid security of 5% shalJ accompany the bid. Perfonnance Bonds and Warranty Bonds shaH be
required of the succe,ssful bidder(s). .
The Owner reserves the right to waive all bid irregtilarities and reject any or all bids, or portions
thereof.
(End of Invitation to Bid)
16200 Eagle Creek Ave. S.E., Prior Lake, Minnesota 55372-1714 I Ph. (612) 447-4230 / Fax (612) 447-4245
, .J. .!II !I
!l!\'"
o
o
o
D
D
n .
u
n
L...-i
o
o
D
[]
o
o.
o
o
;'/
li
o
n
l.J
o
. I ,i!.i!.
"~~_",,,-~,'l .,
,_ ....11I__. .
,II'!."
.-
-.:I'...."
_JC:
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.200
10/10/95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
00110
00300
00440
Cover Page
Advertisement for Bids
Table of Contents
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Proposal Form
Sample Substitution Request Form, BRW Doooment
CONTRACT FORMS. AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
- 00700 General Conditions
00800 Special Conditions
DIVISION 1 . GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 Summary of the Work
01020 Allowances
01030 Alternates
01040 Project Coordination
01310 Schedules. Reports and Payments
01340 Shop Drawings and Samples
01500 Temporary Facilites
01631 Products and Substitutions
01700 Project Closeout
DIVISION 2 . SITEWORK
02200 Earthwork
02666 Site Water Systems
02730 Site Sewage Systems
DIVISION 3 . CONCRETE
03310 Concrete
DIVISION 4 . MASONRY
-
04200 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 . METALS
05500 Metal Fabrications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
r-;
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK 2923200 10/10/95 U
DIVISION 6 . WOOD AND PLASTICS 0
06100 Rough Carpentry 0
06200 Finish Carpentry
06400 Architectural Millwork
n
'-'
DIVISION 7 . THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07311 Asphalt Shingles D
07630 Standing Seam Roofing
07900 Joint Sealers
0
DIVISION 8 . DOORS AND WINDOWS
0 .
Door and hardware Schedule
08110 Steel Doors and Frames
08305 Access Doors 0
08375 Special Doors
08520 Aluminum windows
08710 Finish Hardware
0
DIVISION 9 . FINISHES
Room Finish Schedule 0
09300 Tile
09900 Painting
"",~,
) /
'~-
DIVISION 10 . SPECIALTIES
10160 Toilet Partitions 0
10200 Louvers and Vents
10400 Signage 0
10522 Fire Extinguishers and Accessories ,
10800 Toilet Accessories
n .
DIVISION 11 . EQUIPMENT U
NOT USED Cl
\ I
'-,
DIVISION 12. FURNISHINGS D
NOT USED
DIVISION 13. SPECIAL, CONSTRUCTION n
(U
NOT USED n
'-J
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2
n
I-.J
': II Ii,
~I,~~
,t Jii'.,_....illiifilJA__.. Si 'ii. ,~ ,-
.~.'."... '.....
-
-
-
"'4
..-
-
-
.......
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
BY CONTRACTOR
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
BY CONTRACTOR
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
,'111.
lil',. [" ,i li. ill; .
_?~._.... .1.11
.....
Instructions to Bidders
AIP/JDs AlA Document A701
,....
TABLE OF ARTICLES
-
1. DEFINITIONS
2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4. BIDDING PROCEDURES
5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
6. POST-BID INFORM A TION
7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND
CONTRACTOR
--.
..-
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AlA DOCUMENT D401.
Copyright 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Waahington, D.C. 20006-5292.
Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates the copyright
laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution.
AlA OOCUMBNT A701 . INSTRUCTIONS TO aIDDERS - POURTH BDITION . AlA . COPVRIOHT 1917. THB AMBRICAN INSTITUTB OF ARCHITBCTS, .735 NBW YORK AVSNUB, N,W.,
WASHINOTON. D.C., 20006-5292. WARNING: UIIlic..... ,Nleco,yiq viotate. u.s. co"rillat JI.. al' il 11";..:t to lei,. ,r.Helli... TW. 4oc._... .1. electroliean,. ,ro'ace' ....r
lic.... ...IMr 396000644 a" ca. .. N,ro'He41 witll.I' violatiol IlIIil 311196.
Electronic Document Service A701-1987
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding
Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents.
The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement
or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders,
Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and
other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed
Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement
between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the
Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions),
Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior
to execution of the Contract.
1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of
the Contract for Construction, AlA Document A201, or
in other Contract Documents are applicable to the
Bidding Documents.
1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued
by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract
which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by
additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections.
1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to
do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted
in accordance with the Bidding Documents.
1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which
the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the
Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be
added or from which Work may be deleted for sums
stated in Alternate Bids.
1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated
in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount
of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,
as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted.
1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a
price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment
or services or a portion of the Work as described in the
Bidding Documents.
1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid.
1.8 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid
to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a
portion of the Work.
ARTICLE 2
BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that:
2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding
Documents and the Bid is made in accordance therewith.
2.1.2 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding
Documents or contract documents, to the extent that
such documentation relates to the Work for which the
Bid is submitted, for other portions of the Project, if any,
being bid concurrently or presently under construction.
2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar
with local conditions under which the Work is to be
performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal
observations with the requirements of the proposed
Contract Documents.
2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment
and systems required by the Bidding Documents without
exception.
ARTICLE 3
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
3.1 COPIES
3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding
Documents from the issuing office designated in the
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for
the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will
be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and
return the Bidding Documents in good condition within
ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement
of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from
the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may
retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit
will be refunded.
3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to
Sub-bidders or others unless specifically offered in the
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary
instructions to bidders.
3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding
Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor
Architect assumes responsibility for errors or
misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete
sets of Bidding Documents.
AlA DOCUMllNT A701 . INSTRUCTIONS TO .IDDBRS. POtJaTH BDITION . AlA. COPYIlIOHT 1917. THB AMBlUCAN INSTITUTB OF AIlCHITBCTS, 1735 NBW YOU AVBNUB, N.W.,
WASHINGTON, D.C., 20006.52'2. WARNING: Uo1ice...4 ,_."ioa .i.I.... U.S. eo"ri.1I& I... .04 i. .0~jKllO ....I '.......Iio.. T~. 4...0_aI ... o*I....U, ,..4..,04 nH'
lie.... .._. 3"000644.04 uo .. ..,..4_4 .il"ol .i.I.lin oalU 3/11t6.
'.41 ~_.:.!-
=,;:.:t::.;, .:
,:. ,:; ~ ...__. ;,:4!1_.....i .1.., ~'-
. ........,..1"-",...
Electronic Document Service A701-1987 2
o
o
o
o
D
r
U
o
Q
D
o
o
o
o
o
o
n
U
o
o
n
u
~-
3.1.4 In making copies of the Bidding Documents
available on the above terms, the Owner an4., the
Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids
on the Work and do not confer a license or grant
permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents.
,.......
3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION
OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
--
3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the
Bidding Documents with each other, and with other
work being bid concurrently or presently under
construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for
which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and
local conditions, and shall at once report to the
Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities
discovered.
3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or
interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a
written request which shall reach the Architect at least
seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.
3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the
Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum.
Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding
Documents made in any other manner will not be
binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them.
-
3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
....-
3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described
in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of
required function, dimension, appearance and quality to
be met by any proposed substitution.
3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt
of Bids unless written request for approval has been
received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the
date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the
name of the material or equipment for which it is to be
substituted and a complete description of the proposed
substitution including drawings, performance and test
data, and other information necessary for an evaluation.
A statement setting forth changes in other materials,
equipment or other portions of the Work including
changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation
of the proposed substitution would require shall be
included. The burden of proof of the merit of the
proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The
Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a
proposed substitution shall be final.
3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution
prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth
in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals
made in any other manner.
...-.
~-
3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the
Contract award unless specifically provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.4 ADDENDA
3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are
known by the issuing office to have received a complete
set of Bidding Documents.
3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for
inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for
that purpose.
3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days
prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum
withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes
postponement of the date for receipt of Bids.
3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a
Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,
and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the
Bid.
ARTICLE 4
BIDDING PROCEDURES
4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS
4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the
form included with the Bidding Documents.
4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by
typewriter or manually in ink.
4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form,
sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and
in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount
written in words shall govern.
4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be
initialed by the signer of the Bid.
4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no
change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change."
4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of
the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without
forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal
to accept award of less than the combination of Bids
stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no
additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the
Bid in any other manner.
4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name
of the Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole
proprietor, partnership, corporation or other legal entity.
Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons
legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A
Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of
incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid
lic.... .....r 396000644 ... 'oo " ..'r04.... .11".1 .i.I.Ii.. ootil 3/1/96.
AlA DOCUMENT A701 . INSTRUCTIONS TO IIDDBRS . FOURTH BDITION - AlA . COPYRIOHT 1917 - THB AMERICAN INSTITUTB OF ARCHITBCTS. 1735 NBW YOU AVBNUB, N.W..
WASHINOTON. D.C.. 20006.$292. WARNINO: UII1iu..... ,Miec."i.. .....Ie. U.S. co,yriak .... aM i. '.'jec.l to lo,a1 ,reNe.ti... T~I 4oc._.. WI' elee..rowan, ,ro4.c.. ,.'er
Electronic Document Service A701-1987 3
submitted by an agent shall have a current power of
attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind
the Bidder.
4.2 BID SECURITY
4.2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation
to Bid, or supplementary instructions to bidders, each
Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form
and amount required, pledging that the Bidder will enter
into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in
the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the
faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all
obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder
refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such
bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be
forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a
penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be
forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to
comply with Subparagraph 6.2.1.
4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on
AlA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise
provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-
fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall
affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the
power of attorney.
4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid
security of Bidders to whom an award is being
considered until either (a) the Contract has been
executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or
(b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be
withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected.
4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and
other documents required to be submitted with the Bid
shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The
envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the
Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the
Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the
designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is
submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed
envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing
envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED"
on the face thereof.
4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location
prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids
received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will
be returned unopened.
4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for
timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of
Bids.
4.3.4 Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid
and will not receive consideration.
4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID
4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or
canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period
following the time and date designated for the receipt of
Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid.
4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of
Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by
notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated
for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over
the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by
telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the
Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the
date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be
so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original
Bid.
4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date
and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided ,that
they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount
sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted.
ARTICLE 5
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
5.1 OPENING OF BIDS
5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or
Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received
on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud.
An abstract of the Bids will be made available to
Bidders. When it has been stated that Bids will be
opened privately, an abstract of the same information
may, at the discretion of the Owner, be made available
to the Bidders within a reasonable time.
5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS
5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all
Bids, reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid
security or by other data required by the Bidding
Documents, or reject a Bid which is in any way
incomplete or irregular.
5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD)
5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to
the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been
submitted in accordance with the requirements of the
Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds
available. The Owner shall have the right to waive
AlA DOCUMIlNT A'OI - INSTRUCTIONS TO IIDDIIU . FOURTH &OITION . AlA - COPYIUOHT It., . THB AWBlUCAN INSTITUTB OF ARCHITBCTS, 1135 NBW YORE AVBNUB, N.W.,
WASHINGTON. D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Uo1ice.... ,....."i.. .1.1_ U.S. .."r1lh I... .04 I. ..'joe'," ....1 ,.._.11... TW. ...._11 ... .I..,...I..U, ,..._. .....
1Ic._ ...... """644 .04 ... '" ..,....... .",.., .1.1111.. .lIiI 3/1196.
Electronic Document Service A701-1987 4
,.; Ii ,Iii
-iij,;,
Wi i .._1.. ~ '1111I__" Ai . <it, -
. ...'.. f,
o
o
0\
--1
o
o
o
o
8
D
o
o
o
o
r
tJ
D
o
n
u
D
o
-
informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to
accept the Bid which, in the Owner'sjudgment, i~J~ the
Owner's own best interests. ' '
5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept
Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise
specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to
determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the
Base Bid and Alternates accepted.
~~
ARTICLE 6
POST-BID INFORMATION
6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under
consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request,
a properly executed AlA Document A305, Contractor's
Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has
been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite
to the issuance of Bidding Documents.
6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY
.....-.,.,
6.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to
whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no
later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time
for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable
evidence that financial arrangements have been made to
fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.
Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the
Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement
between the Owner and Contractor.
6.3 SUBMrrT ALS
-
-
6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable after
notification of selection for the award of a Contract,
furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing:
.1 a designation of the Work to be performed
with the Bidder's own forces;
.2 names of the manufacturers, products and the
suppliers of principal items or systems of
materials and equipment proposed for the Work;
and
.3 names of persons or entities (including those
who are to furnish materials or equipment
fabricated to a special design) proposed for the
principal portions of the Work.
6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the
satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability
and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to
furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding
Documents.
6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect
w~1I notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or
Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable
objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder.
If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a
proposed person or entity. the Bidder may. at the
Bidder's option, (1) withdraw the Bid, or (2) submit an
acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment
in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference
in cost occasioned'by such substitution. The Owner may
accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder.
In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid
security will not be forfeited.
6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to
whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable
objection must be used on the Work for which they were
proposed and shall not be changed except with the
written consent of the Owner and Architect.
ARTICLE 7
PERFORMANCE BOND AND
PAYMENT BOND
7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS
7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder
shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of
the Contract and payment of all obligations arising
thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's
usual sources.
7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the
Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the
Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after
receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the
cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in
determining the Contract Sum.
7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from
other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost
will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents.
7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS
7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the
Owner not later than three days following the date of
execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be
commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent,
the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work,
submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such
bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance
with this Subparagraph 7.2.1.
7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be
written on AlA Document A312, Performance Bond and
Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the
amount of the Contract Sum.
Ut:el.e ....., 396000644 al' c... k ..,ro',c.' WiUlO.' violui.. ..liI 3/1/96.
AlA DOCUMIlNT A701 . INSTRUCTIONS TO IIDDBRS . FOURTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIGHT 1917 . THB AMIlRICAN INSTITUTB OP ARCHITBCTS. 1735 NBW YORIt A VBNUB, N.W.,
WASHINGTON. D.C., 20'06.'292. WARNING: Ualiceue' ,MaKD"i.. vi...... U.S. co"ri,... I... au i. 'I'ject to ....1 ,roNClti.l. T.i. 'ee._at .a. electrolieaUy ,r.'lce' IHer
Electronic Document Service A701-1987 5
7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of
the Contract.
7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who
executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to
affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of
attorney.
ARTICLE 8
FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN
OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
8.1 FORM TO BE USED
8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding
Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written
on AlA Document AIOI, Standard Form of Agreement
Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of
Payment Is a Stipulated Sum.
AlA DOCUMIlNT 1.'01 ' INSTRUCTIONS TO BIODBRS . FOURTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIGHT 191' . THB ANlllUCAN INSTITUTB OF ARCHITBCTS, 1735 NBW YOU AVBNUB, N.W.,
WASHINGTON, D.C., 2000',5292. WARNING: UoJi...... ,......."i.. .i...... U.S. .0'Jri.~ I... .... I. ,,'jocllo 1...1 '_'110'. T~. ...._01 w.. ....lro...UJ ,ro..... .....r
Ii..... .....r 396000M4....oo.. ..,ro..... wll"'1 .Iololi.. .0111 3/119'.
Electronic Document Service A701-1987 6
, 1". I/j
MF<",
.1 :I ,. _UI.;;'~lll:illl.... )I )I '!l: ,~ ~ .-
:'.1:'.:'
,..,..
I '
U
o
o
o
o
o
c
r--,
U
D
c
o
o
"
U
r
U
o
o
Q
n
.......
n
~
.. -'t
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
OCTOBER 10, 1995
#"-
RE: BID FOR CONSTRUCTION OF MEMORIAL PARK BUILDING
BID DUE DATE: OCTOBER 31, 1995
.....-.
SECTION 00300 - BID FORM
,.-
TO:
Mayor and City Council
PROJECT:
Memorial Park Building
City of Prior Lake
SUBMITTED: (Bidder's Name):
(Address):
(City, State, Zip):
(Telephone):
(Submittal Date):
.-
The undersigned, in submitting this bid, understands and agrees that the Instructions to
Bidders control, and, without limiting the foregoing, that this Bid Proposal is based upon the
following:
1. That they have visited the site of the Work and have familiarized themselves with
conditions as they affect the cost of the work.
~...
2. That they have received and examined the Contract Documents, including all
addenda issued by the Architect and have acknowledged same herein.
3. Proposes to furnish and install items as defined below and as required by the
Contract Documents and Addenda.
BASE BID
Bid Amount:
Dollars ($
)
Alternates:
Alternate #1:
Deduct to provide asphalt shingles in lieu of standing seam roof.
Bid amount:
Dollars
Alternate #2:
Deduct: Delete the three compartment sink and hand sink from the
work and provide rough-in.
Bid amount:
Dollars
1122654
1 of 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
OCTOBER 10, 1995
Alternate #3:
Deduct to provide the Press box with 2 x 4 framing and batten-on-
board cedar siding in lieu of the block walls.
Bid amount:
Dollars
Alternate #4:
Deduct all interior and exterior painting. Owner shall provide painting
of all scheduled work if this alternate is selected.
Bid amount:
Dollars
Alternate #5:
Deduct to provide one city logo sign in lieu of the two indicated on the
drawings.
Bid amount:
Dollars
AGREEMENT:
The bidder agrees this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty
(30) days after the scheduled time and date for receiving bids. A bid bond is included with
this bid form and shall be accepted by the Owner in the event of a withdrawal or forfeiture
by the Bidder.
The bidder understands the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or
alternates and to waive informalities in bids received and monitor discrepancies in bidding
procedures. If the Owner or Architect, in reviewing this Bid Form, discovers that the
information provided has been falsified or exaggerated, or if the Contractor does not meet
the pre-established criteria, same Contractor shall forfeit his/her right to the contract.
The bidder also agrees, if awarded the contract, to complete his/her work in accordance with
the tentative Owner's Milestone Dates listed in Section 01010, Summary of Work with a final
substantial completion date after the Notice to Proceed.
Tentative Start of Construction:
Latest Substantial Completion Date:
November 8, 1995
April 1, 1996
ADDENDUM RECEIPT:
Receipt of the following Addenda to the Bidding Documents and Contract Documents is
acknowledged:
Addendum No.
Dated:
Addendum No.
Dated:
Addendum No.
Dated:
#22654
2 of 3
PRIORLAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
OCTOBER 10, 1995
BID GUARANTEE:
The undersigned agrees that the Owner shall have the right to retain this bid for a period of
thirty (30) days from the date and time of receiving bids and guarantee through a bid bond
in the amount of five percent (5%) for the same thirty (30) day period.
,-
BID ACCEPTANCE
If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the
undersigned within the time noted herein, after the date of the opening of bids, or any time
thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned agrees that he/she will execute a
,..,... construction contract (AlA document A101, 1987 edition) in accordance with the bid as
accepted and will furnish contract security in the form of Performance and Material and
Labor Payment Bonds in such form, amount and with such surety or sureties as the Owner
may approve. The cost of the Performance and Material and Labor Payment Bonds is
included in the base bid contract sum.
It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to award the contract to his/
her best interests, to reject any or all bids, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold
all bids for the bid guarantee period.
.-
The undersigned bidder represents that the above information and assurances are accurate to
the best of his/her knowledge.
Signed and sealed this
day of
Business Name
...--
Business Address
-
Phone:
By:
Printed Name of Signer
,,,
Signature
Title
Attest if a Corporation
Title
Attachment: Bid Bond
1122654
3 of 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUnON
To:
BRW Architects, Inc.
700 3rd Street South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55415
(612) 370-0700
--
Attention :
Mr. Jeffrey Oertel
From:
name of company
address
city, state, zip code
phone
=-------------.-.-----------------------------....---------------
Please fully answer all of the information requested below. PROVIDE A SEPARTE FORM FOR EACH TYPE OF
PRODUCT OR TIEM AND CROSS REFERENCE TO THE SPECIFIED ITEM. Failure to do so may cause rejection
of request for substitution. Please use one form for each product/division being requested. Make sure to attach
all manufacturers data sheets. a list of proiects with similar installations. and other information useful in determain-
ina the Quality and lonaevity of the product.
r
Specification
Section Number
Drawing Number
Detail Number
-
Soecified Product Proposed Substitute
~
Product or part number
Color or finish
Pattem or profile
Weight or service rating
Please answer the following questions. Attach an explanation sheet on your company's letterhead when required.
Does the proposed substitution affect dimensions indicated on Drawings? No
Yes
(explain how).
-
Does the proposed substitution require changes in the drawings and/or design or installation changes? No
Yes (if yes, is the cost of these changes included in the proposed amount? No Yes)
-
Does the proposed substitution affect other trades?
No Yes (explain who and how).
SUBsnTUnON FORM
1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.200
10/10/95
If the proposed product does affect the work of other trades, has the cost if11)act on their work been included in
the price of the proposed substitution? No Yes
Does the proposed product's guarantee differ from that of the specified product's? No
how).
Yes
(explain
Why is this proposal for substitution being submitted? (list reasons below)
Attach a listing of 3 projects using the proposed substitution that have been completed within the past 5 years in
the geographic and climatic region of this project. One of the applications must have been in service for at least
3 years.
Attach product datalbrochures for the substitute product.
---------------.----....--------....----........-----------.-----
The undersigned represents that he has examined the Construction Documents and is familiar with the specified
products, that he understands the indicated application of those products and the design intent of the Architect, and
that the proposed substitution complies with the Construction Documents and will perform at least equally to the
specified product within the limitations stated above. Additionally, the undersigned accepts responsibility for
coordinating application and installation of the proposed substitution and waives all claims for additional costs
resulting from the incorporation of the proposed substitution into the Project or its subsequent failure to perform
according to specified requirements.
Submitted by:
typed
signature
Date:
The decision of the Architect regarding the acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution will be based, at
least in part, on the information supplied above and in the attached explanations and product data. Requests for
substitution must be received by the Architect at least 10 days prior to the final bid date. A list of approved
substitutions will be published, in the form of an addendum, at least 4 working days prior to the time of bid. No
individual reauests will be retumed back to the sumitter by mail: refer to the adclendums.
SUBSTITUTION FORM
I. II.
...!:.
:f ,I . --"~"i.~'!ll1.~. . 11 .. i ',\ ..
.".'."'''!'''''''' '
r
\1 ~
. ,
L...J
n
u
o
r
J
o
o
11.
I, '
U
r,
I I
U
o
Q
n
l \
"-'
o
o
n .
U
[
o
o
.-.,
I I
\ )
L_:
2
n
u
General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction
AIOs AlA Document A201
-
--
1987 EDITION
-
TABLE OF ARTICLES
r
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
2. OWNER
3. CONTRACTOR
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE
CONTRACTORS
7. CHANGES IN THE WORK
,-.
--
a.TIME
e. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
11. INSURANCE AND BONDS
12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
CONTRACT
,-
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORT ANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULT A TION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA DOCUMENT MAY BE
MADE BY USING AlA DOCUMENT 0401.
This document has been approved and endoned by the Associated General Contractors of America.
Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1927, 19S1, 19S8, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 173S
New York Avenue N.W., Washington D.C. 20006-S292. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions
without written permillion of the AlA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions.
AlA DOCUMBNT AUt. OBNBltAL CONDITIONS OF THB CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTBBNTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIOHT 1917 . THB AMllRlCAN INSTITUTB OF
ARCHITBCTS, 1735 NBW YOU AVBNUB N.W., WASHINOTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNINO: Uo1iH_. ,ktee."i.. .i.I.... U.S. .."riSk I...... i. "'jact t. ....I 'r.....ti... T'i.
'Ra_at .a. electroaicaU)' '....IIOe. ....r lie.... .....r '96100644 au ca. 1M ",,,'uel!l wi''''_'' .ioJati.. .MiI 3/1196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 1
,r,
U
;:1
LJ
n
I '
U
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACf FOR CONSTRUCfION
n
, '
LJ
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement
between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the
Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General,
Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings,
Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the
Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and
Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A
Modification is (I) a written amendment to the Contract
signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a
Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for
a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.
Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the
Contract Documents do not include other documents
such as bidding requirements (advertisement or
invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms,
the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to
bidding requirements).
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for
Construction. The Contract represents the entire and
integrated agreement between the parties hereto and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations or
agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be
amended or modified only by a Modification. The
Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a
contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the
Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a
Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or (3) between any
persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor.
The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance
and enforcement of obligations under the Contract
intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's
duties.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services
required by the Contract Documents, whether completed
or partially completed, and includes all other labor,
materials, equipment and services provided or to be
'provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's
obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a
part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work
performed under the Contract Documents may be the
whole or a part and which may include construction by
the Owner or by separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of
the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever
issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of
the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections,
details, schedules and diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract
Documents consisting of the written requirements for
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards
and workmanship for the Work, and performance of
related services.
1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for
the Work which may include the bidding requirements,
sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and
Specifications.
1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the
Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If
either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all
the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify
such unsigned Documents upon request.
1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a
representation that the Contractor has visited the site,
become familiar with local conditions under which the
Work is to be performed and correlated personal
observations with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . OBNIIIlAL CONDITIONS OF THB CONTIlACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOUltTBBNTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIOHT 1"7 . THB AMBltICAN INSTITUTB OF
ARCHITBCTS. 1735 NBW YOU AVBNUB N.W.. WASHINOTON D.C. 2'_.5292. WAItNINO: UoIlc._. ,_.,,1.. .1.1.... U.S. c."r1pt I... ... I. ..~jMtto 10..1 ,ro.K.UO.. TW.
...._ol .os .""-.UJ ,....... ..... Uco_ .._. '''...644... co. ... ..,....... _.t .1.11&10. utll 3/"".
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 2
, 'I ...
~,~ '~, LJ.l ..
& ,;Jt... . ,.,AX ;i .. --
... ,.JIj ~
D
o
o
n
l ·
. I
"-"
o
(t
J
l'
U
n
U
o
......,
IJ
o
o
n
J I
\,...)
n
U
~
U
1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include
all items necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract
Documents are complementary, and what is required by
one shall be as binding as if required by all;
performance by the Contractor shall be required only to
the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and
reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to
produce the intended results.
1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,
sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall
not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to
be performed by any trade.
1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract
Documents, words which have well-known technical or
construction industry meanings are used in the Contract
Documents in accordance with such recognized
meanings.
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S
DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND
OTHER DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents
prepared by the Architect are instruments of the
Architect's service through which the Work to be
executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor
may retain one contract record set. Neither the
Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or
material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a
copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other
documents prepared by the Architect, and unless
otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the
author of them and will retain all common law, statutory
and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright.
All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set,
shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the
Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work.
The Drawings, Specifications and other documents
prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished
to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this
Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or
equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to
this Project outside the scope of the Work without the
specific written consent of the Owner and Architect.
The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and
material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited
license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the
Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared
by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the
execution of their Work under the Contract Documents.
All copies made under this license shall bear the
statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the
Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared
by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet
official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in
connection with this Project is not to be construed as
publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or
other reserved rights.
1.4 CAPITALIZATION
1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions
include those which ate (1) specifically defined, (2) the
titles of numbered articles and identified references to
Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document
or (3) the titles of other documents published by the
American Institute of Architects.
1.5 INTERPRETATION
1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents
frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any"
and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a
modifier or an article is absent from one statement and
appears in another is not intended to affect the
interpretation of either statement.
ARTICLE 2
OWNER
2.1 DEFINITION
2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as
such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term
"Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized
representative.
2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall
furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is
necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,
give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such
information shall include a correct statement of tlte
record legal title to the property on which the Project is
located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's
interest therein at the time of execution of the
Agreement and, within five days after any change,
information of such change in title, recorded or
unrecorded.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF
THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor,
prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from
time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor
reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have
been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the
Contract. [Note: Unless such reasonable evidence were
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . OBNIIIlAL CONDrrlONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTBBNTH BDrrlON . AlA - COPYRJOHT 1917 . THE AMERICAN INSTrrUTB OF
ARCHrrBCTS, 1735 NBW YOU AYBNUB N.W., WASHINOTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: UoIic....4 ,lloIoconi., .iol.... U.S. .o"ri,W 1....14 i. ..~joct to 10,.1 ,ro....ti... T";.
.oc.__... .leetrollieeUJ ,mace' ...., lic.... ....., 396000644 .1. ca. 1M ",rHlICe' will.... .iolati.. .1Ili1 311"'.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 3
furnished on requelt prior to the execution of the
Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be
required to execute the Agreement or to commence the
Work.)
2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing
physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility
locations for the site of the Project, and a legal
description of the site.
2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the
responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract
Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for
necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges
required for construction, use or occupancy of
permanent structures or for permanent changes in
existing facilities.
2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control
shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable
promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the
Work.
2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of
charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as
are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work.
2.2.8 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and
responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and
especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by
Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments
and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds).
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is
not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently
fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Owner, by written order signed
personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by
the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for
such order has been eliminated; however, the right of
the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty
on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the
benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,
except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of
written notice from the Owner to commence and
continue correction of such default or neglect with
diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such
seven-day period give the Contractor a second written
!
U
o
notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven-
day period. If the Contractor within such second seven-
day period after receipt of such second notice fails to
commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the
Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the
Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case
an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting
from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the
cost of correcting such deficiencies, including
compensation for the Architect's additional services and
expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or
failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged
to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of
the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the
Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the
Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
o
r,
U
n
Ll
n
u
ARTICLE 3
CONTRACTOR
r
L
3.1 DEFINITION
c
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as
such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term
"Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's
authorized representative.
o
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
o
3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare
the Contract Documents with each other and with
information furnished by the Owner pursuant to
Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the
Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions
discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the
Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors,
inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents
unless the Contractor recognized such error,
inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report
it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any
construction activity knowing it involves a recognized
error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract
Documents without such notice to the Architect, the
Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for
such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount
of the attributable costs for correction.
3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and
verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such
field measurements and conditions and other
information known to the Contractor with the Contract
Documents before commencing activities. Errors,
inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be
reported to the Architect at once.
n
U
r
I ;
U
o
n
L
r
L
o
o
C:
...IA DOCUMBNT ...21. . GBNIJRAL CONDITION' OF THB CONT....CT JlOIl CON.TRUCTION . POUllTBBNTH BDITION ....IA . COPYRIGHT .917 . THB ...MIlIUC...N INITITUTB OF
...RCHITBCTS. 1135 NBW YOU "'VBNUB N.W.. W....HINGTON D.C. 210".5292. W"'RNING: UoJloe_. '_."'" vi...... U... .."rI.1ll .... ... I. ..~joct to ..,.1 ,.._.tI... TW.
...._1Il ... ....troolcoO' ,..._ ..... 1Ico_ __. _4." ... ... ..,....... _.t vloloO.. .otII 3/'196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 4
I~ I ~II.
~'~.
\:~ ~I ......t.
o
Iii ii__..1I .1 ,]: J ':"\1-
.-a,L~r,._.
3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents and su~,ttals
approved pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. ' "
3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION
PROCEDURES
3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the
Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have
control over construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures and for coordinating all
portions of the Work under the Contract, unless
Contract Documents give other specific instructions
concerning these matters.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner
for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees,
Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and
other persons performing portions of the Work under a
contract with the Contractor.
3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations
to performing the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect
in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by
tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by
persons other than the Contractor.
3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection
of portions of Work already performed under this
Contract to determine that such portions are in proper
condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for
labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction
equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities,
transportation, and other facilities and services
necessary for proper execution and completion of the
Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or
not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and
good order among the Contractor's employees and other
persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall
not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not
skilled in tasks assigned to them.
3.5 WARRANTY
3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and
Architect that materials and equipment furnished under
the Contract will be of good quality and new unless
otherwise required or permitted by the Contract
Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not
inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that
th;~ Work will conform with the requirements of the
Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these
requirements, including substitutions not properly
approved and authorized, may be considered defective.
The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage
or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by
the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance,
improper operation, or normal wear and tear under
normal usage. If required by the Architect, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the
kind and quality of materials and equipment.
3.6 TAXES
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and
similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided
by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids
are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not
yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.
3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the
building permit and other permits and governmental fees,
licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution
and completion of the Work which are customarily
secured after execution of the Contract and which are
legally required when bids are received or negotiations
concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices
required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and
lawful orders of public authorities bearing on
performance of the Work.
3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain
that the Contract Documents are in accordance with
applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes,
and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor
observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at
variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify
the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary
changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modification.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be
contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes,
and rules and regulations without such notice to the
Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for such Work and shall bear the
attributable costs.
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum
all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items
AlA DOCUMSNT A201 . GBNBRAL CONDITIONS OF TIIB CONTIlACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTBBNTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIOHT 1911 _ TIIB AIollIIUCAN INSTITUTS OF
ARCHITSCTS. 1135 NBW YOU AVSNUB N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: UoJiceMa4 ,Htec."i.. .i.I.... U.S. ..PJri.~ 1....04 i. ..~je.t t.I...1 ,......ti... TIU.
4oc._1I& ... elKtro.aUy ,re4H.. ....r lic.... .....r 396000644 aM ca. ... ..,ro'He' witHat wi.laU.. ....iI 3/1196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 5
covered by allowances shall be supplied for such
amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner
may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to
employ persons or entities against which the Contractor
makes reasonable objection.
3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents:
.1 materials and equipment under an allowance
shall be selected promptly by the Owner to
avoid delay in the Work;
.2 shall cover the cost to the Contractor of
materials and equipment delivered at the site
and all required taxes, less applicable trade
discounts;
.3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling
at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for
stated allowance amounts shall be included in
the Contract Sum and not in the allowances;
.4 whenever costs are more than or less than
allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order. The amount of
the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference
between actual costs and the allowances under
Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's
costs under Clause 3.8.2.3.
3.8 SUPERINTENDENT
3.8.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent
superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in
attendance at the Project site during performance of the
Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,
and communications given to the superintendent shall be
as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important
communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other
communications shall be similarly confirmed on written
request in each case.
3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION
SCHEDULES
3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the
Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and
Architect's information a Contractor's construction
schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed
time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall
be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the
conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to
the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract
Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and
practicable execution of the Work.
3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current,
for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals
which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction
schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to
review submittals.
3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most recent
schedules.
3.11 DOCUM.NTS AND SAMPLES, AT THE SITE
3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the
Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications,
addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in
good order and marked currently to record changes and
selections made during construction, and in addition
approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and
similar required submittals. These shall be available to
the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for
submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams,
schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work
by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,
manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some
portion of the Work.
3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures,
diagrams and other information furnished by the
Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some
portion of the Work.
3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate
materials, equipment or workmanship and establish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and
similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The
purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those
portions of the Work for which submittals are required
the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the
information given and the design concept expressed in
the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is
subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7.
3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit
to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples
and similar submittals required by the Contract
Documents with reasonable promptness and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the
activities of the Owner or of separate contractors.
Submittals made by the Contractor which are not
required by the Contract Documents may be returned
without action.
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . GBNIllAL CONDITIONS OP TMB CONTRACT POR CONSTRUCTION. POURTBBNTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIOHT 1911 . TMB AMIlIUCAN INSTITUTE OP
ARCHITECT'. 1735 NBW YOU A VBNUB N. W.. WA.HINGTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: u.u..u.. ......,,1.. .1.1.... U.'. .."rI.IlII... ... I. "'joIt t. ....I '......110.. Till,
....__ ... ....troolo.II' ,...~ ..... 11oo_ ....... 3"'"644 ... coo H ..,..._. witH. .1.laIi.. .IItU 311"'.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 6
It'. .1.
r:, j;'
I'] \I:' Ill,. -,-
'~II.
..... .' .~
....'
,....,
u
r
LJ
o
\,
U
f\
\ '
L,.,
o
n
U
n
LJ
c
o
o
c
o
o
c
o
o
o
11\
I..-.
3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the
Work requiring submittal and review- of Shop Drawings,
Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the
respective submittal has been approved by the Architect.
Such Work shall be in accordance with approved
submittals.
3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings,
Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the
Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined
and verified materials, field measurements and field
construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and
has checked and coordinated the information contained
within such submittals with the requirements of the
Work and of the Contract Documents.
3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of
responsibility for deviations from requirements of the
Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals
unless the Contractor has specifically informed the
Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of
submittal and the Architect has given written approval
to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals
by the Architect's approval thereof.
3.12.8 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in
writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data,
Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than
those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.
3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the
Architect is not expected to take responsive action may
be so identified in the Contract Documents.
3.12.11 When professional certification of performance
criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by
the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled
to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such
calculations and certifications.
3.13 USE OF SITE
3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the
site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and
the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably
encumber the site with materials or equipment.
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,
fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to
make its parts fit together properly.
3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a
portion of the Work or fully or partially completed
construction of the Owner or separate contractors by
cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction,
or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or
otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a
separate contractor except with written consent of the
Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor
shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a
separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or
otherwise altering the Work.
3.15 CLEANING UP
3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and
surrounding area free from accumulation of waste
materials or rubbish caused by operations under the
Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor
shall remove from and about the Project waste materials,
rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment,
machinery and surplus materials.
3.15.2 H the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in
the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the
cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and
Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress
wherever located.
3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license
fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for
infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner
and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but
shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a
particular design, process or product of a particular
manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the
Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has
reason to believe that the required design, process or
product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor
shall be responsible for such loss unless such
information is promptly furnished to the Architect.
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,
Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and
employees of any of them from and against claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited
to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from
performance of the Work, provided that such claim,
damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,
sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction
of tangible property (other than the Work itself)
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT POll CONSTltUCTION . POUIlTB8NTH EDITION. AlA - COPYIlIOHT 1917 . THE AMBlUCAN INSTITUTE Of
AIlCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YOU AYBNUB N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006,5292. WAIlNING: UlliH_ '....."i.. yi...... U.S. .."ri." 1.....4 i. ..~jo.t t. 10..1 'ro....tl... nil
'eel... .a. e.ectroaicaUJ pro''"' ..Hllic.... ....., 396000644 aH ca. IN "''''RII' witlMlt "ielali.. aMil "I"'.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 7
including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the
extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or
omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for
whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or
not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in
part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation
shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce
other rights or obligations of indemnity which would
otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this
Paragraph 3.18.
3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity
indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee
of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts
they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under
this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation
on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits
payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor
under workers' or workmen's compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this
Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the
Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and
employees of any of them arising out of (1) the
preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions,
reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or
specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give
directions or instructions by the Architect, the
Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any
of them provided such giving or failure to give is the
primary cause of the injury or damage.
ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.1 ARCHITECT
4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to
practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing
architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if
singular in number. The term "Architect" means the
Architect or the Architect's authorized representative.
4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of
authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract
Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended
without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and
Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
4.1.3 In case of termination of employmen t of the
Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect against
whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and
whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that
of the former architect.
4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and
4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration.
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION
OF THE CONTRACT
4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the
Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and
will be the Owner's representative (1) during
construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with
the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the
correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The
Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The
Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the
Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract
Documents, unless otherwise modified by written
instrument in accordance with other provisions of the
Contract.
4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals
appropriate to the stage of construction to become
generally familiar with the progress and quality of the
completed Work and to determine in general if the Work
is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,
when completed, will be in accordance with the
Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not
be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site
inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work.
On the basis of on-site observations as an architect, the
Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of
the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against
defects and deficiencies in the Work.
4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge
of and will not be responsible for construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for
safety precautions and programs in connection with the
Work, since these are solely, the Contractor's
responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The
Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's
failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The Architect will not have
control over or charge of and will not be responsible for
acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or
their agents or employees, or of any other persons
performing portions of the Work.
4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract
Administration.
Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents
or when direct communications have been specially
authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to
communicate through the Architect. Communications
by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through
the Architect. Communications by and with
Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through
the Contractor. Communications by and with separate
contractors shall be through the Owner.
AlA DOCUMBNT A20. . GBNBRAL CONDITIONS OF TIIB CONTRACT POR CONSTRUCTION. POURTBBNTH BDITION - AlA. COPYIUOHT 1"1. TIIB ANBlUCAN INSTITUTB OF
ARCHITBCTS. 1135 NBW YOU AVBNUB N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 2_-5292. WARNING: U_.... ,_.,,1.. .1...... U.S. .."ri.~ .._.... I, .._jac:t to ....1 '......tl... T-';.
'K.__ ... electre...U, ,re.IICe' ....1' lic.... .....r 3Kt0t644 a" ca. IN ..,....... wi'M'" Yielali.. ..w SlIIM.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 8
Jill
-"'il.i-., I.'
)f;' ffi'
7' Ii..
~~~_..., Iii: ,11_
-'K...... ;.
r
---.1
o
n
w
n
I i
LJ
n
I :
\ '
U
o
n
LJ
fl
u
, J
U
o
n
! \
u
n
I
U
o
n
u
n
u
,..-..
U
n
J I
U
n
U
n
, I
U
4.2.5 Based on the Architect's -observations and
evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,
the Architect will review and certify the amounts due
the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in
such amounts.
4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work
which does not conform to the Contract Documents.
Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or
advisable for implementation of the intent of the
Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to
require additional inspection or testing of the Work in
accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,
whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or
completed. However, neither this authority of the
Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to
exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise
to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the
Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment
suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons
performing portions of the Work.
4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take
other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals
such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but
only for the limited purpose of checking for
conformance with information given and the design
concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The
Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable
promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the
activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate
contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the
Architect's professional judgement to permit adequate
review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for
the purpose of determining the accuracy and
completeness of other details such as dimensions and
quantities, or for substantiating instructions for
installation or performance of equipment or systems, all
of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as
required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's
review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve
the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3,
3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute
approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise
specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.
The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not
indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a
component.
4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and
Construction Change Directives, and may authorize
minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph
7.4.
4.2.8 The Architect will conduct inspections to
determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion
and the date of final completion, will receive and
forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and
records written warranties and related documents
required by the Contract and assembled by the
Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment
upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect
will provide one or more project representatives to assist
in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the
site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of .
authority of such project representatives shall be as set
forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract
Documents.
4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters
concerning performance under and requirements of the
Contract Documents on written request of either the
Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such
requests will be made with reasonable promptness and
within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is
made concerning the time within which interpretations
required of the Architect shall be furnished in
compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not
be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to
furnish such interpretations until IS days after written
request is made for them.
4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect
will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in
writing or in the form of drawings. When making such
interpretations and decisions, the Architect will
endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner
and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and
will not be liable for results of interpretations or
decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to
aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent
expressed in the Contract Documents.
4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by
one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right,
adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment
of money, extension of time or other relief with respect
to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also
includes other disputes and matters in question between
the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to
the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice.
The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with
the party making the Claim.
4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those
alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be
referred initially to the Architect for action as provided
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . GBNBRAL CONDrrlONS OF THB CONTllACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTBBNTH BDrrlON . AlA. COPYRIOHT 1917. THB AMBIlICAN INSTrrUTB OF
ARCHrrBCTS. 1735 NEW YOU: AVENUB N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: Uolice...4 ,Iletoc."io. vi.I.... U.S. .."ri.~ I... 004 i. ..~jocll. 10..I,..oocoli.o. TIIi.
4oc._.t w.. electroaiolUY '....1ICe4 ..4or lic.... ........r 396010644 a" e.. k ..'....H.. .i~o.t vi.lali.. ....i1 '/1196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 9
in Paragraph 4.4. A decision by the Architect, as
provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as a
condition precedent to arbitration or litigation of a
Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such
matters arising prior to the date final payment is due,
regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to
execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to
which the Work has been completed. The decision by
the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a
condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the
event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the
Architect has not received evidence or has failed to
render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the
Architect has failed to take action required under
Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days after the Claim is
made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been
referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a
mechanic's lien.
4.3.3 Time Limit. on Clelm.. Claims by either party
must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the
event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after
the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to
the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by
written notice. An additional Claim made after the
initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order
will not be considered unless submitted in a timely
manner.
4.3.4 Continuing Contect Performance. Pending
final resolution of a Claim including arbitration, unless
otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed
diligently with performance of the Contract and the
Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
4.3.5 Waiver of Claim.: Final Payment. The making
of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by
the Owner except those arising from:
.1 liens,' Claims, security interests or
encumbrances arising out of the Contract and
unsettled;
.2 failure of the Work to comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents; or
.3 terms of special warranties required by the
Contract Documents.
4.3.6 Clelm. for Concealed or Unknown
Condition.. If conditions are encountered at the site
which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed
physical conditions which differ materially from those
indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown
physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ
materially from those ordinarily found to exist and
generally recognized as inherent in construction
activities of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be
given to the other party promptly before conditions are
disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first
observance of the conditions. The Architect will
promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ
materially and cause an increase or decrease in the
Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of
any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable
adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or
both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at
the site are not materially different from those indicated
in the Contract Documents and that no change in the
terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so
notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the
reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such
determination must be made within 21 days after the
Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner
and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the
Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be
referred to the Architect for initial determination,
subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph
4.4.
4.3.7 Claim. for Additional Co.t. If the Contractor
wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract
Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given
before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is
not required for Claims relating to an emergency
endangering life or property arising under Paragraph
10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is
involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a
written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by
the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was
not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the
Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by
the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner,
(6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds,
Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure
established herein.
4.3.8 Clalml for Additional Time
4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for all
increase in the Contract Time, written notice as
provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim
shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect
of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a
continuing delay only one Claim is necessary.
4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a
Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be
documented by data substantiating that weather
conditions were abnormal for the period of time and
could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that
weather conditions had an adverse effect on the
scheduled construction.
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Perlon or Property. If
either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to
AlA DOCUMBNT A2t1 . OBNUAL CONDITIONS OF TIlB CONTItACT POR CONSTRUCTION. POlIItTBBNTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIGHT 19.7 . TIlB AMIlJUCAN INITITUTB OF
ARCHITBCTS. 1135 HBW YORIt AVBNUB H.W.. WASHINOTON D.C. 2_.5292. WAIlNINO: U__' ,_."1.. wl.l_ U.S. .."rlPi I...... I. .._jac. t. ..... ,......U... T".
....-.. ... ...........u, ,..._. ..... Ilca_ .._r 3_....... N ..,..._. .ilMot wl.lalI.. .otII 3/1"'.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 10
II..
-":~i, !~
:~Jl..
j ill.
.'. . ;I ,fi .r. ill
.__!t ;.
!l
i :
L-'
rr
u
n
I )
'-'
r-'I
(I
LJ
r
J ~
U
o
o
n
! 'I
L..-
o
r.
U
'"'
\ :
cJ
n
, \
t j
~
n
\ I
'--'
o
n
L..
o
o
'1
'[ ,
, ,
I ,
'.......;
,n
LJ
person or property because of an act or omission of the
other party, of any of the other party's empIQ~!?,~s or
agents, or of others for whose acts such party is'legally
liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether
or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a
reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first
observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to
enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a
Claim for additional cost or time related to this Claim is
to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in
Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8.
4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or
more of the following preliminary actions within ten
days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional
supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule
to the parties indicating when the Architect expects to
take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part,
stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of
the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a
compromise. The Architect may also, but is not
obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and
amount of the Claim.
4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will
prepare or obtain appropriate documentation.
4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making
the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's
preliminary response, take one or more of the following
actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested
by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3)
notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands.
4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after
consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence
presented by the parties or requested by the Architect,
the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the
Architect's decision will be made within seven days,
which decision shall be final and binding on the parties
but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time
period, the Architect will render to the parties the
Architect's written decision relative to the Claim,
including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract
Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be
a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may,
but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the
surety's assistance in resolving the controversy.
4.5 ARBITRATION
4.5.1 Controver.le. and Claim. Subject to
Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of
or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be
settled by arbitration in accordance with the
Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award
r<<;ndered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except
controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and
except those waived as provided for in Subparagraph
4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the
Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as
provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to
arbitration upon written demand of either party.
Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have
passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect
as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been
rendered.
4.5.2 Rule. and Notice. for Arbitration. Claims
between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under
Paragraph 4.4 shall, if subject to arbitration under
Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration in
accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently
in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise.
Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing
with the other party to the Agreement between the
Owner and Contractor and with the American
Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with
the Architect.
4.5.3 Contact Performance During Arbitration.
During arbitration proceedings, the Owner and
Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4.
4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand
for arbitration of any Claim may not be made until the
earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has
rendered a final written decision on the Claim, (2) the
tenth day after the parties have presented evidence to the
Architect or have been given reasonable opportunity to
do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written
decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events
described in Subparagraph 4.3.2.
4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states
that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration
and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by
such decision must be made within 30 days after the
date on which the party making the demand receives the
final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration
within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's
decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner
and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after
arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such
decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not
supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is
acceptable to all parties concerned.
4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within
the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and
4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, and in other
cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen,
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . OBNBRAL CONDITIONS OP THB CONTRACT POR CONSTRUCTION - POURTBBNTH BDITION " AlA . COPYRIGHT 1917 . THB AM!lRJCAN INSTITUTB OP
ARCHITBCTS, 1735 NBW YORK AVBNUB N.W., WASHINOTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNINO: U.Ii...... '......"111I.1.1_ U.S. .."ri.~ 1..0... io o.'joct t. ..... ,roo.cotl... T~o
4oc._81 ... etecu..aicaUy ,,....oe. ....r lic.... .....r 3""0'-44 ..4 ca. k ..,ro'IIC.' will.... .iolati.. ..til ". It,.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 11
and in no event shall it be made after the date when
institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on
such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7.
4.5.5 Limitation on Con.olldatlon or Jolndar. No
arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or
in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's
employees or consultants, except by written consent
containing specific reference to the Agreement and
signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any
other person or entity sought to be joined. No
arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or
in any other manner, parties other than the Owner,
Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article
6 and other persons substantially involved in a common
question of fact or law whose presence is required if
complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No
person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a
separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be
included as an original third party or additional third
party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is
insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an
additional person or entity shall not constitute consent
to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with a
person or entity not named or described therein. The
foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to
arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly
consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be
specifically enforceable under applicable law in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.5.6 Claim. and Tlmaly A..ertlon of Claim.. A
party who files a notice of demand for arbitration must
assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party
on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded.
When a party fails to include a Claim through oversight,
inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has
matured or been acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or
arbitrators may permit amendment.
4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered
by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and
judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with
applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
ARTICLE 5
SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITIONS
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a
direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion
of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if
singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an
authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The
term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate
contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has
a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to
perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-
subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-
subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-
subcontractor.
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER
CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract
Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor,
as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall
furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect
the names of persons or entities (including those who
are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a
special design) proposed for each principal portion of
the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the
Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner
or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable
objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure
of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall
constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed
person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has
made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor
shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom
the Contractor has made reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection
to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or
Architect has no reasonable objection. The Contract
Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in
cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued. However, no increase in
the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change
unless the Contractor has acted promptly and
responsively in submitting names as required.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,
person or entity previously selected if the Owner or
Architect makes reasonable objection to such change.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally
required for validity, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed
by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by
terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward
the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities
AlA DOCU"BNT A201 . OBNIlIIAL CONDITIONI Of THB CONTRACT !'OR CONSTRUCTION. !'OURTBBNTH BDITION . AlA. COPYRlOHT 1917. THB AMIlIUCAN DlITITUTB Of
ARCHITBCTI. 1735 NBW YOU AVBNUB N.W.. WAIHDlOTON D.C. 2"".5292. WARNDlO: u.u.._. ._.,,1. .1.1.... U.I. C."ril~ I... ...1. .,'jccllo 1.1.1 ,"_'Ii... TIli.
...._. ... ....I....U)' ,,,,.-4 ....r nc._ .._r 396OOOM4 .... c.. .. .......-4 wil...1 .lellll.. .11I1 "1196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 12
L .Ji ...
-lJ1.;,~ '11
t;:;j ~I,.
~1~jJ__.& .. A W 1: --
~~_.~,"Ll
I!
L~
o
o
n
u
n
L
c
c
c
~
\ i
L
o
n
U
r,
L:
r.
I
U
o
I:
r
U
o
n
U
n
L
which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes
toward the Owner and Architect. - Each subcontract
agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the
Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents
with respect to the Work to be performed by the
Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not
prejudice such rights, and shall ailow to the
Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in
the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights,
remedies and redress against the Contractor that the
Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the
Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require
each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with
Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make
available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the
execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the
Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be
bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor,
identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the
proposed subcontract agreement which may be at
variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors
shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of
such documents available to their respective proposed
S u b-su bcon tractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF
SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the
Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner
provided that:
.1 assignment is effective only after termination
of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant
to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those
subcontract agreements which the Owner
accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in
writing; and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of
the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating
to the Contract.
5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30
days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be
equitably adjusted.
ARTICLE 6
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM
CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE
CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform
construction or operations related to the Project with the
Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in
connection with other portions of the Project or other
construction or operations on the site under Conditions
of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these
including those portions related to insurance and waiver
of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or
additional cost is involved because of such action by the
Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as
provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different
portions of the Project or other construction or
operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the
Contract Documents in each case shall mean the
Contractor who executes each separate Owner-
Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the
activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall
cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate
with other separate contractors and the Owner in
reviewing their construction schedules when directed to
do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the
construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed
necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.
The construction schedules shall then constitute the
schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate
contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised.
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, when the Owner performs construction or
operations related to the Project with the Owner's own
forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the
same obligations and to have the same rights which
apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the
Contract, including, without excluding others, those
stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11
and 12.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBilITY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and
separate contractors reasonable opportunity for
introduction and storage of their materials and
equipment and performance of their activities and shall
connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and
operations with theirs as required by the Contract
Documents.
6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper
execution or results upon construction or operations by
the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall,
prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,
promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies
or defects in such other construction that would render
it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an
AlA DOCUMBNT 1.201 . OBNBRAL CONDITIONS OF TIIB CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTBBNTH BDITION - AlA - COPYRKlHT 1917 - THB AMBlUCAN INSTITUTB OF
ARCHITECTS. .735 NBW YOU AVBNUB N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: UIlliceue4 ,"I..."i.. .101.... U.S. .."ript....... i. ..~jocllo ....1 '......li... T~.
'M'_'" ... electroucaUy ,....~. ....r Ue.... ....., 396.00644 I" ca. 1M ..,.....c.. witHa' vieIMi.. ....U 3/1196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 13
acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate
contractors' completed or parfially completed
construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's
Work, except as to defects not then reasonably
discoverable.
6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed
activities or defective construction shall be borne by the
party responsible therefor.
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage
wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or
partially completed construction or to property of the
Owner or separate contractors as provided in
Subparagraph 10.2.S.
6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question
between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall
be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided
the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations.
6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have
the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are
described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate
contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under
their respective contracts for maintaining the premises
and surrounding area free from waste materials and
rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may
clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible
as the Architect determines to be just.
ARTICLE 7
CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 CHANGES
7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after
execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the
Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change
Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,
subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement
among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a
Construction Change Directive requires agreement by
the Owner and Architect and mayor may not be agreed
to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the
Work may be issued by the Architect alone.
7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under
applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and
the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise
provided in the Change Order, Construction Change
Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.
7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents
or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally
contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change
Order or Construction Change Directive that application
of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will
cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,
the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared
by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor
and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the
following:
.1 a change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract
Sum. if any; and
.3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract
Time, if any.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the
Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph
7.3.3.
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written
order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner
and Architect, directing a change in the Work and
stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the
Contract Sum, or Contract Time, or both. The Owner
may by Construction Change Directive, without
invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract consisting of
additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum
and Contract Time being adjusted ac.cordingly.
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in
the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change
Order.
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for
an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall
be based on one of the following methods:
.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
itemized and supported by .sufficient
substantiating data to permit evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents
or subsequently agreed upon;
.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed
upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable
fixed or percentage fee; or
.4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6.
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . GBNBaAL CONDITIONS OP TIlB CONTRACT POR CONSTRUCTION. POURTBBNTH BDITION - AlA. COPYRIOHT 191' . TIIB AMBRlCAN INSTITUTB OP
ARCHITBCTS. 1135 NBW YOU: A VBNUB N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 2""-5292. WARNING: U.IIce_. ,_.,,1.. .1.1.... U.S. ..,,01.1011... ... I. ..~jool to ....1 '......li... T...
...._. ... ...._.u, ,..._. ..... 1Ice_ H_, '''_64.... ea. .. ..,....... .il~..l .1.10&1.. ntll 3/1"'.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 14
I..
_.D:Jc,..-
~; __,_,...1","'__11,.. It ,tit ,riI'"
a_.... 11I;.
I"
I
L.;
j1
I .
U
o
n
I .
U
r;
LJ
~i
U
r:
G
n
L
I
l
o
n
u
n
U
II
LJ
o
r~
u
rl
U
o
n
I I
U
n
I !
~
7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,
the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change
in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the
Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,
if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive
for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract
Sum or Contract Time.
7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the
Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor
therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and
Contract Time or the method for determining them.
Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall
be recorded as a Change Order.
7.3.6 IT the Contractor does not respond promptly or
disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract
Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined
by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures
and savings of those performing the Work attributable to
the change, including, in case of an increase in the
Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the
Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the
Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting
together with appropriate supporting data. Unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for
the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited
to the following:
.1 costs of labor, including social security, old
age and unemployment insurance, fringe
benefits required by agreement or custom, and
workers' or workmen's compensation insurance;
.2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment,
including cost of transportation, whether
incorporated or consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,
exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from
the Contractor or others;
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and
insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar
taxes related to the Work; and
.5 additional costs of supervision and field
office personnel directly attributable to the
change.
7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner,
amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications
for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the
Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which
results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be
actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When
both additions and credits covering related Work or
substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase, if any, with, respect to that change.
7.3.8 IT the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the
adjustment in Contract Time or the method for
determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be
referred to the Architect for determination.
7.3.8 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the
determination made by the Architect concerning the
adjustments in the CO,ntract Sum and Contract Time, or
otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such
agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be
recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate
Change Order.
7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor
changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the
Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not
inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.
Such changes shall be effected by written order and
shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The
Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the
period of time, including authorized adjustments,
allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial
Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date
established in the Agreement. The date shall not be
postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of
persons or entities for whom the Contractor is
responsible.
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date
certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph
9.8.
8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents
shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically
defined.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are
of the essence of the Contract. By executing the
Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract
Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by
agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . GBNIlRAL CONDITIONS OF THB CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTBBNTH BDITION . AlA . COPYRIOHT 1917 - THB AMBRJCAN INSTITUTB OF
ARCHITBCTS. 1735 NBW YOU AVIlNUB N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: UoIic....4 ,......."i.. oi.l.to. U.S. .."ri............ i. ..~joct t. 1...I.......li... T...
4oc.... ... electroaicaUy ,ro'Ke' ...., lic.... ....., 396000644 a" ca. .. ",",'lICe' .it...t .ioJati.. ..U 311"6.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 15
prematurely commence operations on the site or
elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance
required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor.
The date of commencement of the Work shall not be
changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless
the date of commencement is established by a notice to
proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify
the Owner in writing not less than five days or other
agreed period before commencing the Work to permit
the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and
other security interests.
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with
adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial
Completion within the Contract Time.
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress
of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or
Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate
contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes
ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual
delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other
causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay
authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other
causes which the Architect determines may justify delay,
then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change
Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may
determine.
8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in
accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3.
8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of
damages for delay by either party under other provisions
of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
8.1 CONTRACT SUM
8.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,
including authorized adjustments, is the total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance
of the Work under the Contract Documents.
8.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
8.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the
Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of
values allocated to various portions of the Work,
prepared in such form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.
This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall
be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
8.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
8.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for
each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to
the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for
operations completed in accordance with the schedule of
values. Such application shall be notarized, if required,
and supported by such data substantiating the
Contractor's right to payment u the Owner or Architect
may require, such as copies of requisitions from
Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting
retain age if provided for elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
8.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for
payment on account of changes in the Work which have
been properly authorized by Construction Change
Directives but not yet included in Change Orders.
8.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for
payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to
pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a
dispute or other reuon.
8.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, payments shall be made on account of
materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at
the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If
approved in advance by the Owner, payment may
similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably
stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.
Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off
the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the
Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to
establish the Owner's title to such materials and
equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and
shall include applicable insurance, storage, and
transportation to the site for such materials and
equipment stored off the site.
8.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work
covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the
Owner no later than the time of payment. The
Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an
Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates
for Payment have been previously issued and payments
received from the Owner shall, to the best of the
Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free
and clear of liens, claims, security interests or
encumbrances favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors,
material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a
claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and
equipment relating to the Work.
AlA DOCUMSNT A211 - OBNIlRAL CONDITIONS OF THB CONT....CT POll CONITIlUCTION . POUltTBBNTH BDITION . AlA - CO'YIUOHT 1917. TMB AMlllUCAN INSTITUTB OF
AIlCHITBCTS, 1735 NEW YOU A VBNUB N. W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 2_.5292. WAIlNINO: UoIic.0H4 '......')'1.. .1.1.... U.I. ..P1r1s~ I... ... i. ..~jaot to 1.,.1 ,.._.tio.. TIli.
....__ ... ....IIO....U)' ...._. ..... Iioo_ ...... 3t60tN44........ ..,....... .W.OIlt .i.lotl.. .otiI 3"IM.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 16
.~ .:: =;.
---"
..~ ;. ;: '. --
i]iII__...; .::..
_1l: :I .:;' "
I
LJ
~
i i
i-..J
o
! i
L.J
n
I \
~~
r
1 I
L
r
U
o
o
II
I i
\....-'
o
n
U
r't
i i
L
c
r
U
r--
lJ
r',
I ·
U
n
U
n
\ !
u
"
\ :
'L
r
I
,.....
,.....
I
r
,.....
-
!
,.....
I
I
-
I
I
,.....
,-
;
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt
of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue
to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to
the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect
determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and
Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for
withholding certification in whole or in part as provided
in Subparagraph 9.5.1.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will
constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,
based on the Architect's observations at the site and the
data comprising the Application for Payment, that the
Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to
the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and
belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are
subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance
with the Contract Documents upon Substantial
Completion, to results of subsequent tests and
inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract
Documents correctable prior to completion and to
specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The
issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further
constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled
to payment in the amount certified. However, the
issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a
representation that the Architect has (1) made
exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check
the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received
from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other
data requested by the Owner to substantiate the
Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has
used money previously paid on account of the Contract
Sum.
9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment
and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or
in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the
Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations
to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be
made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the
amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the
Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph
9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a
revised. amount, the Architect will promptly issue a
Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the
Architect is able to make such representations to the
Owner. The Architect may also decide not to certify
payment or, because of subsequently discovered
evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the
whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously
issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the
Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss
because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable
evidence indicating probable filing of such
claims;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments
properly to Subcontractors or for labor,
materials or equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be
completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not
be completed within the Contract Time, and
that the unpaid balance would not be adequate
to cover actual or liquidated damages for the
anticipated delay; or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding
certification are removed, certification will be made for
amounts previously withheld.
8.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
8.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for
Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner
and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,
and shall so notify the Architect.
8.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each
Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner,
out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of
such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to
which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting
percentages actually retained from payments to the
Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of
the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate
agreement with each Subcontractor, require each
Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors
in similar manner.
8.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a
Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding
percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the
Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and
Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such
Subcontractor.
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 - OBNIlRAL CONDITIONS OP THB CONTRACT POR CONSTRUCTION - POURTBBNTH BDITION - AlA - COPYRIOHT 1917 . THB AMBRICAN INSTITUTB OP
ARCHITBCTS, 1735 NBW YOU: A VBNUB N. W.. WASHINOTON D.C. 20006-5292. WARNINO: UoIic....4 ........"i.. vi.I.&.. U.S. ...yri,1It I... ..4 i. "'joe". 1.,.1 .ro.....i.., T~.
.OCI._ .a. electtollically ,,,.'c.. IHer lic.... ....., 3'6000644 .1. ca. " N,,..IIC.. wit..lt "io.ati.. ....U 3111.6.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 17
which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes
toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract
agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the
Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents
with respect to the Work to be performed by the
Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not
prejudice such rights, and shall allow'to the
Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in
the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights,
remedies and redress against the Contractor that the
Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the
Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require
each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with
Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make
available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the
execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the
Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be
bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor,
identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the
proposed subcontract agreement which may be at
variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors
shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of
such documents available to their respective proposed
Sub-subcontractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF
SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the
Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner
provided that:
.1 assignment is effective only after termination
of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant
to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those
subcontract agreements which the Owner
accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in
writing; and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of
the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating
to the Contract.
5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30
days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be
equitably adjusted.
ARTICLE 6
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM
CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE
CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the righl to perform
construction or operations related to the Projecl with the
r
\ f
L:
ii
I I
L
Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts i:
connection with other portions of the Project or rile
construction or operations on the site under Cond~ bn
of the Contract identical or substantially similar to tnJes
including those portions related to insurance and waive
of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that deln 0
additional cost is involved because of such action bUh'
Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim a:
provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
, r
6.1 ~2 When separate contracts are awarded for difrl ~n
portions of the Project or other constructiohJo
operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in th,
Contract Documents in each case shall mean[jh,
Contractor who eXecutes each separate OwUr
Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination ~hl
activities of the Owner's own forces and of each sep . tl
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who al
cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participatl
with other separate contractors and the Ownflir
reviewing their construction schedules when directLJ te
do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to tht
construction schedule and Contract Sum deep1.ed
necessary after a joint review and mutual agreenl ~t
The construction schedules shall then constitutcLJh(
schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate
contractors and the Owner until subsequently reviseh
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Conllc!
Documents, when the Owner performs construction 01
operations related to the Project with the Owner's~r
forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject t~ lht '
same obligations and to have the same rights wlJ:h
apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the
Contract, including, without excluding others, t~se
stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 1 q P
and 12. L.i
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
r-I
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner'rnd
separate contractors reasonable opportunity for
introduction and storage of their materials nd
equipment and performance of their activities and ViI
connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and.
operations with theirs as required by the ContAct
Documents. \ i
6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for pr~er
execution or results upon construction or operations b)
the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor snU,
prior to proceeding with that portion of the W\Jk.
promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancie~
or defects in such other construction that would rerrl
il unsuilable for such proper execution and res . s,
Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitu n
r:
I '
L}-
AIA.DOCUMENT AZOI . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOil CONSTIlUCTION . FOUIlTEl!NTH EDITION. AlA . COPYIlJOHT 1911 . THE AMEIlICAN INSTITUTB OF
ARCHITECTS. 173$ NEW YOIlK AVENUE N.W.. WA~HINGTON D.C. ZOOO,.$Z9Z. WAIlNING: Uolic..... ''''....p,i.. .i.I.... U.S. c."ri." ,... ... i. ..,joc... ....1 'r.......i... nit
'GC_..at .1' alun..ieIU)' pr94oco4 eHor .ic.... ......' 7"000254 aMi ca. .. ..pro4loco41 wi..... .i.l.ai.. ....U 1131196. r--o,
Electronic Document Service A201-1987[ J8
.~ I i.
-rI,.', :~
~ ;:; II.
l'jll___..1 Z I'JfiilIIIILlI
_,.,11 ~'
:knowledgment that the Owner's or separate
)r-"'ractors' completed or partially complc;ted
)(; ruction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's
'"dc, except as to defects not then reasonably
scoverable.
.~ I Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed
;~ ities or defective construction shall be borne by the'
uty responsible therefor.
.r, The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage
T igfully caused by the Contractor to completed or
artially completed construction or to property of the
I~er or separate contractors as provided in
u: laragraph 10.2.5.
.~.:i Claims and other disputes and matters in question
etween the Contractor and a separate contractor shall
er~bject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided
:11 :eparate contractor has reciprocal obligations.
;.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have
hname responsibilities for cutting and patching as are
,e ribed for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14.
i.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
i. 1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate
:ontractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under
h~r respective contracts for maintaining the premises
111 surrounding area free from waste materials and
'U lish as described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may
;Iean up and allocate the cost among those responsible
i~e Architect determines to be just.
ARTICLE 7
CHANGES IN THE WORK
7. :CHANGES
7..l: 1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after
e, ::ution of the Contract, and without invalidating the
C Itract, by Change Order, Construction Change
Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,
svJ;\ject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and
el ,where in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement
aJ!long the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a
C Istruction Change Directive requires agreement by
tl Owner and Architect and mayor may not be agreed
to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the
v,lArk may be issued by the Architect alone.
7. .3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under
applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and
t~ Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise
pi :vided in the Change Order, Construction Change
[' ective or order for a minor change in the Work.
7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents
or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally
contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change
Order or Construction Change Directive that application
of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will
cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,
the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared
by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor
and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the
following:
.1 a change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract
Sum, if any: and
.3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract
Time, if any.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the
Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph
7.3.3.
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written
order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner
and Architect, directing a change in the Work and
stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the
Contract Sum, or Contract Time, or both. The Owner
may by Construction Change Directive, without
invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract consisting of
additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum
and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in
the absence of to'tal agreement on the terms of a Change
Order.
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for
an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall
be based on one of the following methods:
.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
itemized and supported by sufficient
substantiating data to permit evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents
or subsequently agreed upon:
.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed
upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable
fixed or percentage fee; or
.4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6.
;,
;
,i
A'IA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTEENTH EDITION, AlA . COPYRIOHT 1917 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: V.lie..... ,..oi.oco,,.... ...Ia'.' U.S. c:.,,.ri~.t 11.1 ... i. ,,"jeet 10 .0111. ,,..oc.ti... Tlt,ia
d,--mcl' wa. ellClt.lically ,r"lco' ,,"et lic.... "'!Iber 796000254 ... ca. " ,.,ro.uo41 wi......t viol..... ...il 7131196.
I Electronic Document Service A201-1987 19
I
. .
, t'
! I
,
:r
it
"
7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Constru~tion Change Directive,
the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change
in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the
Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,
if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive
for determining the. proposed adjustment in the Contract
Sum or Contract Time.
7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the
Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor,
therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and
Contract Time or the method for determining them.
Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall
be recorded as a Change Order.
7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or
disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract
Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined
by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures
and savings of those performing the Work attributable to
the change, including, in case of an increase in the
Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the
Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the
Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting
together with appropriate supporting data. Unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for
the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited
to the following:
.1 costs of labor, including social security, old
age and unemployment insurance, fringe
benefits required by agreement or custom, and
workers' or workmen's compensation insurance;
.2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment,
including cost of transportation, whether
incorporated or consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,
exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from
the Contractor or others;
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and
insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar
taxes related to the Work; and
.5 additional costs of supervision and field
office personnel directly attributable to the
change.
7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner,
amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications
for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the
Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which
results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be
actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When
both additions and credits covering related Work or
substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for
II
i !
n
i ;
L.J
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase, if any, with, respect to that change. n
7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with thelJ
adjustment in Contract Time or the method for
determining it, the adjustment or the method shall bTI
referred to the Architect for determination.
7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the
determination made by the Architect concerning the
adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, oll
otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, suchlJ
agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be
recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriatTI
Change Order.
7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minofJ
changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the
Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not
inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documentsn
Such changes shall be effected by written order an<t,j
shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The
Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 8 0
TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
o
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the
period of time, including authorized adjUstmentsO
allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantia
Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the datn
established in the Agreemen~. The date shall not b~ j
postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or ot-l
persons or entities for whom the Contractor is
responsible. D
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the dat
certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph
9.8. 0
8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Document
shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically
defined.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
c
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents aD
of the essence of the Contract. By executing th
Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contra
Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except bn
agreement or instruction of the Owner in writinJ,j
n
lJ
AlA DOCUMBNT A201 . OBNBRAL CONDITIONS OF THB CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, FOURTEENTH BDITION . AlA ' COPYRIOHT 1911 ' THB AMBRICAN INSTITUTB OF
ARC~ITECTS. 1735 Naw YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINOTON D.C. 20006.'292. WARNING: U.lic....4 ,1II"'Mo".e. .iol..... U.S. copyri.1I11... ..4 il nlt;.ct..o 10111 "Duca..i... 111i.
doc..... .a. eloenolically ,r...c.. ..1II.r lic."8 ....IN, 1960002'4 ... c~. ... N,'..K.. will...t .ioll'i.. ..iJ 11311.6. - Un
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 2 1
11. ..
&~( It
l~ ,i ..
l,iIt.
.'. . .I :I .1; ,...
--wi !II ."\,
aturely commence operations on the site or
,rre prior to the effective date of insurance
re by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor.
iate of commencement of the Work shall not be
;c;d. by the effective date of such insurance. Unless
a of commencement is established by a notice to
:L given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify
)wner in writing not less than five days or other
:cr->eriod before commencing the Work to permit
:i ely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and
. lo<,curity interests.
3.:the Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with
11 ,te forces and shall achieve Substantial
p. jon within the Contract Time.
DFl-A YS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
1 ..... the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress
he Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or
nr-~ct, or of an employee of either, or of a separate
tft :tor employed by the Owner, or by changes
~red in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual
1)' in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other
s;- beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay
tC zed by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other
ses which the Architect determines may justify delay,
n..Lhe Contract Time shall be extended by Change
Id for such reasonable time as the Architect may
:J Jne. '
:.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in
or-mce with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3.
.~ fhis Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of
nages for delay by either party under other provisions
tlf"Contract Documents.
r
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
1 I, JNTRACT SUM
1.~The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,
ell ling authorized adjustments, is the total amount
yLle by the Owner to the Contractor for performance
the Work under the Contract Documents.
r
21 CHEDULE OF VALUES
.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the
orjactor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of
lit :s allocated to various portions of the Work,
~epared in such form and supported by such data to
Jb~ntiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.
hi ;chedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall
e sed as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's
.pplications for Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for
each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to
the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for
operations completed in accordance with the schedule of
values. Such application shall be notarized, if required.
and supported by such data substantiating the
Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect
may require, such as copies of requisitions from
Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting
retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for
payment on account of changes in the Work which have
been properly authorized by Construction Change
Directives but not yet included in Change Orders.
9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for
payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to
pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a
dispute or other reason.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, payments shall be made on account of
materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at
the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If
approved in advance by the Owner, payment may
similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably
stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.
Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off
the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the
Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to
establish the Owner's title to such materials and
equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and
shall include applicable insurance, storage, and
transporlation to the site for such materials and
equipment stored off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work
covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the
Owner no later than the time of payment. The
Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an
Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates
for Payment have been previously issued and payments
received from the Owner shall, to the best of the
Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free
and clear of liens, claims, security interests or
encumbrances favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors,
material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a
elaim by reason of having provided labor, materials and
equipment relating to the Work.
1.1. DOCUMENT .1.201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CDNTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, FOURTEENTH EDITION. AlA ' COPYRIOHT I." . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
RC!:!!!ECTS. 17H NEW YORK AVENUE N,W.. WASHINGTON [),C, 20006.5292, WARNING, U.lic....4 ,.0ICC."'" v.ol.... U.S, c."...., I... ..4 i. ...",Cl'. 1...1 ,r...ca..... n..
0':_; It WII electro.iully prod.cell ..der liccalc umber 1960002S4 ud en " rcprod.ce' willao.. ",pllUo. ....11131196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 21
1 Ii
~
!
i
I:
..
\ ~:
i!
II II
j
,
i ~
j ;i
~
j
, I
~
'i
, 'I
l ;1
i,
: ~
i 11 I
L II
!! 'I
\ I I.i
I t I:.
I' ,
~ n i .:
III :
I ~i
, ,Ii
,[ it
11,
q
i i . ,i~;
if
I"'
I ~I
.. :11i I
! ~! J
1li
.: ii I
:! Ii
ii
:1 ij
,q
I ~\ j
j 11
\:l!
. HI
: 'I;
, '.1
; il ,
"
\ 'II
; 1i
1'1
"
IiI
.,
.1
:l
, ~j
I
,!
:\
/,
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt
of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue
to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to
the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect
determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and
Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for
withholding certification in whole or in part as provided
in Subparagraph 9.5.1.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will
constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,
based on the Architect's observations at the site and the
data comprising the Application for Payment, that the
Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to
the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and
belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are
subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance
with the Contract Documents upon Substantial
Completion, to results of subsequent tests and
inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract
Documents correctable prior to completion and to
specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The
issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further
constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled
to payment in the amount certified. However, the
issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a
representation that the Architect has (1) made
exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check
the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received
from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other
data requested by the Owner to substantiate the
Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has
used money previously paid on account of the Contract
Sum.
, ,
i
t1
~I
9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment
and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or
in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the
Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations
to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be
made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the
amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the
Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph
9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a
revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a
Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the
Architect is able to make such representations to the
Owner. The Architect may also decide not to certify
payment or, because of subsequently discovered
,.-,
\ j
L
evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the
whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previofly
issued, to such extent as may be necessary in Ue
Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss
because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied; 0
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable
evidence indicating probable filing of SOh
claims; i
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments
properly to Subcontractors or for la~,
materials or equipment; ! i
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannoHe
completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum; n
, I
.5 damage to the Owner or another contracto~
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work willat
be completed within the Contract Time,d
that the unpaid balance would not be adeq e
to cover actual or liquidated damages for the
anticipated delay; or 0
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Wor n
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholdng
certification are removed, certification will be madtj>r
amounts previously withheld.
9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS n
U
9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for
Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the maf\er
and within the time provided in the Contract Docum, tS,
and shall so notify the Architect. w
9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each
Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the O~r,
out of the amount paid to the Contractor on accouUof
such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to
which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflec~g
percentages actually retained from payments toj pe .
Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portid-Jof
the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate
agreement with each Subcontractor, require q--ch
Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontrat ,rs
in similar manner. J
9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish oa
S u bcon tractor, if practicable, information regar . g
percentages of completion or amounts applied for b he
Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and
Owner on account of portions of the Work done by ITh
Subcontractor. '
n
l J
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . OIlNERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTEENTH EDITION. AlA . COPYRIOHT It" . T'HE AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of
ARCHITECTS. 113~ NEW VORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINOTON.D.C. 20006.'292. WAR'-IINO: U.lic..... '....ec..,.i.. .i.I.... U.S. co,yri." a.....4 i. ....ject to.e,.1 ".,.I.iol. TII..
,...--..,
4oca..'.u eleeu.ainU)' ,r04Ic.. ....r licel'c .....her 7"G002S" II. e.. ... repro..... wi...... viol'li.. l...iI ,nll.6. ! I
Electronic Document Service A201-1987L,j22
t I ,0
...,,:,. i . : n II __
..11 i :Iii! ,~, P
.... ~'.
9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an
obligation to payor to see to the payment of money to a
Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by
law.
9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a
manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,
9.6.3 and 9.6.4.
9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or
partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the
Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for
Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within
seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application
for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor
within seven days after the date established in the
Contract Documents the amount certified by the
Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor
may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the
Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of
the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time
shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum
shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's
reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which
shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress
of the Work when the Work or designated portion
thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize
the Work for its intended use.
9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a
portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept
separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor
shall prepare and submit to the Architect a
comprehensive list of items to be completed or
corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to
complete and correct items on the list. Failure to
include an item on such list does not alter the
responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in
- accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt
of the, Contractor's list, the Architect will make an
inspection to determine whether the Work or designated
portion thereof is substantially complete. If the
Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not
included on the Contractor's list, which is not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or
correct such item, upon notification by the Architect.
The Contractor shall then submit a request for another
inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial
Completion. When the Work or designated portion
thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which
shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall
establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor
. for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the
Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which
the Contractor shall finish aU items on the list
accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by
the Contract Documents shall conunence on the date of
Substantial Completion of the Work or de'signated
portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate
of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the
Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of
responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.
9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or
designated portion thereof and upon application by the
Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner
shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage,
if any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in
the Contract Documents.
9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or
partially completed portion of the Work at any stage
when such portion is designated by separate agreement
with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is
consented to by the insurer as required under
Subparagraph 11.3.11 and authorized by public
authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such
partial occupancy or use may conunence whether or not
the portion is substantially complete, provided the
Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the
responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,
retainage if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities,
damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in
writing concerning the period for correction of the Work
and commencement of warranties required by the
Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a
portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall
prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided
under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to
partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably
withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be
determined by written agreement between the Owner
and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by
decision of the Architect.
9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,
the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly
inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to
be used in order to determine and record the condition
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTEENTH EDITION. Alii, COPYRIOHT 1917. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 1135 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINOTON D.C. 2000'.5292. WARNINO: Uahc....4 ,"..oco".., vi.a.... u.s. e.."r....I... IU i. nllt;,cllo le.l. ,r...eo"... T..ia
..c......, .11 elecu.aically pro..ce4 ....r lic.... ..mINr "60002S. aad UI 1M repro4oce. willi.., viol.ti.. oatil 7131196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 23
! r
I'
i.
!
i
I
i , I ,
I
:
:
,i i ;..
,
I'
I
I"
'1'1
,j .,..
j
I :;i
,., .
,Id
of the Work.
9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy
or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not
constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is
ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon
receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect
will promptly make such inspection and, when the
Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract
Documents and the Contract fully performed, the
Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for
Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's
knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of
the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work
has been completed in accordance with terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire
balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in said
final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's
final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further
representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph
9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to
final payment have been fulfilled.
9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained
percentage shall become due until the Contractor
submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls,
bills for materials and equipment, and other
indebtedness connected with the Work for which the
Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or
encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have
been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate
evidencing that insurance required by the Contract
Documents to remain in force after final payment is
currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed
to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has
been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the
Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the
insurance will not be renewable to cover the period
required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of
surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by
the Owner, other data establishing payment or
satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and
waivers of liens, claims, security interests or
encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent
and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If
a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver
required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a
bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner
against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after
payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the
Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to
L
n
LJ
pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees. n
9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the WorU
final completion thereof is materially delayed through
no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Changr
Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect sl :
confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by thG
Contractor and certification by the Architect, and
without ,terminating the Contract, make payment of thw'
balance due for that portion of the Work fully complete I
and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work no
fully completed or corrected is less than retain age
stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds havn
been furnished, the written consent of surety to paymenLJ
of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully
completed and accepted shall be submitted by tht
Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of sue '
payment. Such payment shall be made under terms an I
conditions governing final payment, except that it shall
not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of fin~,
payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by thL1 :
Owner as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.5. I
9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, D
Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute I
waiver of claims by that payee except those previousl
made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled
at the time of final Application for Payment. Sucir-',
waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described ill
Subparagraph 4.3.5.
ARTICLE 10 r;
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERT\U
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiatingO
maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the performance of ther:
Contract. U
10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site
material reasonably believed to be asbestos Ot
polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not bee :
rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediatel
stop Work in the area affected and report the condition
to the Owner and Architect in writing. The Work in thr,
affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except bj !
written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in facf-!
the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl
(PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work ifl
the affected area shall be resumed in the absence oU
asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or when it
has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of thu'
Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with fina :
,
r--
I
i I
I
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . OENEAAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTIlUCTION . FOUIlTUNTH EDITION. AlA . COPYIlIOHT It., . TNE AMEIUCAN INSTITUTE OF
ARC~ITECTS. 1135 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINOTON D.C. 20006..52.2. WAIlHINO: U..ic....4 ......".... .i...... U.S. ..'Jrilltt I... ..11I i. ....jut~. ,.... '''HeIlti... Tlli.
IlIoc......, ... electro'ieaU,. ,rolllle.. ..4er lie.... ....., 1960002S4 ... ca. " N,mue. .it....' .,0'I,i.. ...iI?I3''''. . n
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 2U
-
II; II.
--.~.
r ,If: II _rc....~~~I'J,'J_... W' -!!I '-
.'.. ,,"'\. ,y' .
determination by the Architect on which arbitration has
r not been demanded, or by arbitration under Ar_ticle 4.
10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to
Article 7 to perform without consent any Work relating
to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB).
r 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,
Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and
,..... employees of any of them from and against claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited
to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from
performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact
~ the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl
(PCB) and has not been rendered harmless, provided
that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable
r to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury
to or destruction of tangible property (other than the
Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom,
but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by
negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone
for whose acts the Owner may be liable, regardless of
whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is
- caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such
obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or
reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which
would otherwise exist as to a party or person described
r in this Subparagraph 10.1.4.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
,.....
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions
for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 employees on the Work and other persons
who may be affected thereby;
.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or
off the site, under care, custody or control of
the Contractor or the Contractor's
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures and utilities not
designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
,.....
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply
r with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and
lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of
persons or property or their protection from damage,
injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as
required by existing conditions and performance of the
,.....
Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,
including posting danger signs and other warnings
against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and
notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and
utilities.
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other
hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods
are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor
shaH exercise utmost care and carryon such activities
under supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shaH promptly remedy damage
and loss (other than damage or loss insured under
property insurance required by the Contract Documents)
to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3
caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a
Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for
whose acts they may be liable and for which the
Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and
10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or
omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly
or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone
for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not
attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.
The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in
addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph
3.18.
10.2.6 The Con tractor shall designate a responsible
member of the Contractor's organization at the site
whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This
person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless
otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the
Owner and Architect.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part
of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger
its safety.
: 1
~ ;
10.3 EMERGENCIES
10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or
property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's
discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
Additional compensation or extension of time claimed
by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be
determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain
in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do
business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is
"
! '
il.i
I
AlA DOCUMENT A20 I ' GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTEENTH EDITION, AlA ' COPYRIOHT 1917 ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 113S NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHlNQTON D.C. :l0006.S292. WARNINO: Ualic....4 ,Mioce"... "i.l.,.. U.S. c.,)'ri.~ lawl ..4 il "';eel'...'.. ,reaec.'i... T.i.
4oc.mca. was ehscu.oiuO,. ,rott.c.. ..4., lic.... .0","' 1960002S.... e.. .. rc,ro4.ce4 wi'....' ..iola'i.. ..,il 7131196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 25
I i
I
,I
;;" II
t.'11
~ Ii,
located such insurance as will protect the Contractor
from claims set forth below-which may arise out of or
result from the Contractor's operations under the
Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally
liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or
by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' or workmen's
compensation, disability benefit and other
similar employee benefit acts which are
applicable to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of the
Contractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other
than the Contractor's employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal
injury liability coverage which are sustained (1)
by a person as a result of an offense directly or
indirectly related to employment of such person
by the Contractor, or (2) by another person;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work
itself, because of injury to or destruction of
tangible property, including loss of use
resulting therefrom;
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury,
death of a person or property damage arising out
of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor
vehicle; and
.7 claims involving contractual liability
insurance applicable to the Contractor's
obligations under Paragraph 3.18.
11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall be written for not less than limits of liability
specified in the Contract Documents or required by law,
whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether
written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be
maintained without interruption from date of
commencement of the Work until date of final payment
and termination of any coverage required to be
maintained after final payment.
11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner
shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of
the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies
required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision
that coverages afforded under the policies will not be
cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'
prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any
of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to
remain in force after final payment and are reasonably
,......,
i
i
U
,..-,
) i
LJ
available, all additional certificate evidencing
continuation of such coverage shall be submitted n
the final Application for Payment as required
Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduct n
of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with
reasonable promptness in accordance with re
Contractor's infonDation and belief. L.,
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasU
and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance.
Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain otfr
insurance for self-protection against claims which
arise from operations under the Contract.
Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and
maintaining this optional Owner's liability insura'fr
unless specifically required by the Contract DocumentJ
11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE
r
11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner ShU
purchase and maintain, in a company or compaOles
lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction~
which the Project is located, property insurance in L ~
amount of the initial Contract Sum as well ~
subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at
the site on a replacement cost basis without vOluntD
deductibles. Such property insurance shall ~
maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contr it
Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons
and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurann'
until final payment has been made as provided U
Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other tlian
the Owner has an insurable interest in the propent
required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be cover
whichever is earlier. This insurance shall incl
interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. Q'
11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-r"
policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire an
extended coverage and physical loss or damatj
including, without duplication of coverage, the \
vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false-wo
temporary buildings and debris removal including
demolition occasioned by enforcement of any apPlicaU'
legal requirements, and shall cover reason a
compensation for Architect's services and expen
required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for
other perils shall not be required unless otherwn'
provided in the Contract Documents. J
11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such
property insurance required by the Contract and with ~
of the coverages in the amount described above, ~ f
Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing priory
Ii
I
LJ
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF, THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, FOURTEENTH EDITION, AlA ' COPYRIOHT 1917 . THE AMERICAN IHSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AYENUE N,W,. WASHINGTON D,C. 20006.5292. WAIUlIHG: U.li.....4_'..I..."i.. .i.I.... U.S, .."ri....I.....4 i. "'jecll.I.... ,..IO..li... nil
doc..... .al eleen..ically prolhce4 ...er lic.." ..tHer ,.60002S4 .e4 ca. be ..,rod.c.. w.III... ..011.1', ...il ",.196. 0'
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 i
:lla
rr~.::',..;,:
'.'ileI.
I.:'I_...~. 1:.tI ;; _
-W..h
.--
commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then
effect insurance which will protect the interests of the
Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in
the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost
thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor
is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to
purchase or maintain insurance as described above,
without so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner
shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable
thereto.
11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum
deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not
covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or
insurer increases the required minimum deductibles
above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to
purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible
amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of
the additional costs not covered because of such
increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are
not identified in the Contract Documents, the Owner
shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles.
11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions
of the Work stored off the site after written approval of
the Owner at the value established in the approval, and
also portions of the Work in transit.
11.3.2 Boller and Machinery Insurance. The Owner
shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery
insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law,
which shall specifically cover such insured objects
during installation and until final acceptance by the
Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the
Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and
Contractor shall be named insureds.
11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the
Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such
insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of
the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,
however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action
against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's
property, including consequential losses due to fire or
other hazards however caused.
11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that
insurance for risks other than those described herein or
for other special hazards be included in the property
insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include
such insurance, and the cost there of shall be charged to
the Contractor by appropriate Change Order.
11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the
Owner insures properties, real or personal or both,
adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance
.--
.--
Ii
I
II
~I
'r
Ir
If
I,
under policies separate from those insuring the Project,
or if after final payment property insurance is to be
provided on the completed Project through a policy or
policies other than those insuring the Project during the
construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in
accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for
damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this
separate property insurance. All separate policies shall
provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or
otherwise.
11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner
shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that
includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph
11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable
conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements
related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a
provision that the policy will not be cancelled or
allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written
notice has been given to the Contractor.
11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and
Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and
any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents
and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect,
Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in
Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-
subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages
caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by
property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph
11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,
except such rights as they have to proceeds of such
insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or
Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect,
Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in
Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-
subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by
appropriate agreements, written where legally required
for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other
parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide
such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or
otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as
to a person or entity even though that person or entity'
would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,
contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance
premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the
person or entity had an insurable interest in the property
damaged.
11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance
shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made
payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as
their interests may appear, subject to requirements of
any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph
11. 3.10. Th e Con tractor sh all pay S u bcon tractors their
just shares of insurance proceeds received by the
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written
where legally required for validity, shall require
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTEENTH EDITION, AlA, COPYRKlHT 1917 ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 1135 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINOTON U.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: U.hcc..clll p".loco".11l violl,e.' U.S. c.,,.rillllllaw. 114 il ....;CellO Icaal ,ro,o'ltiol. 1lli.
doc.mel' was eleell.llully pr.due" .cder licel'r. ...nbcr 796000254 n4 en k reprollllccd wit"..' viol.l,O. ...iI 7131196.
Electronic Document Service A20l-19in 27
Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-
subcontractors in similar manner.
11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the
Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured
loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's
duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged
against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner'shall
deposit in a separate account proceeds so received,
which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in
accordance with an arbitration award in which case the
procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after
such loss no other special agreement is made,
replacement of damaged property shall be covered by
appropriate Change Order.
11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to
adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within five
days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of
this power; if such objection be made, arbitrators shall
be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The Owner as
fiduciary shall, in that case. make settlement with
insurers in accordance with directions of such
arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by
arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such
distribution.
11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with
Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance
company or companies providing property insurance
have consented to such partial occupancy or use by
endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the
Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent
of the insurance company or companies and shall,
without mutual written consent, take no action with
respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause
cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance.
11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the
Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful
performance of the Contract and payment of obligations
arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements
or specifically required in the Contract Documents on
the date of execution of the Contract.
11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity
appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering
payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the
Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or
shall permit a copy to be made.
, I
I '
U
:-
I
U
ARTICLE 12
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK rI
lJ
12,1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to ::
the Architect's request or to requirements specifically i .
expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if LJ
required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for
the Architect's observation and be replaced at the
Contractor's expense without change in the Contract
Time.
12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which
the Architect has not specifically requested to observe
prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to
see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the
Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the
Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and
replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be
charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in
accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor
shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by
the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the
Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs.
o
o t.
Ii" J
I i
L-J
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
oJ
0'1
r: "
LJ ,
01
I
I
01
I
OJ
.I'
01
12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work
rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the
requirements of the Contract Documents, whether
observed before or after Substantial Completion and
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The
Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected
Work, including additional testing and inspections and
compensation for the Architect's services and expenses
made necessary thereby.
12.2.2 If, within one year after the date of Substantial
Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof,
or after the date for commencement of warranties
established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an
applicable special warranty required by the Contract
Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after
receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless
the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written
acceptance of such condition. This period of one year
shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first
performed after Substantial Completion by the period of
time between Substantial Completion and the actual
performance of the Work. This obligation under this
Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the
Work under the Contract and termination of the
Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly
after discovery of the condition.
[I
[I
[],
[J
AlA DOCUMENT A201 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. FOURTI!BNTH EDITION. AlA _ COPYRIGHT 1917 ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECT~. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N,W.. WASHINClTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING: U.lic....' '......"i.. .i.'.... U.S. c."ri,.'lo.. .... i. ...jcc..o Ie.ol ,r._IIi.., nil
doc..... .a. elecuo.i4all)' p'..K." ....r licee.e ......, 7.60002,S4... ca. .. ,.,ro...c... ..alll... v....lio. .lIIiJ 1131196. - [J
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 28
Ill.
_~,i!,.
~ 'I~' 'ij S___'IHiU.i... ..Ii . !," jlr
..'. ,J
,-
,-
12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site
portions of the Work which are not in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents and arc
neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the
Owner.
12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming
Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it
in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor
does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming
Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice
from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store
the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's
expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such
removal and storage within ten days after written notice,
the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice
sell such materials and equipment at auction or at
private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof,
after deducting costs and damages that should have been
borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the
Architect's services and expenses made necessary
thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs
which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract
Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments
then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient
to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner.
12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting
destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed
or partially completed, of the Owner or separate
con tractors caused by the Contractor's correction or
removal of Work which is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall
be construed to establish a period of limitation with
respect to other obligations which the Contractor might
have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of
the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph
12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the
Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship
to the time within which the obligation to comply with
the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,
nor to the time within which proceedings may be
commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with
respect to the Contractor's obligations other than
specifically to correct the Work.
t-
t-
J-
1-
1-
Ii
r-
f
,~
r
r
r
12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
r
12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents: the Owner may do so instead of requiring
its removal and correction, in which case the Contract
Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such
adjustment shall be effected whether or not final
payment has been made.
f
f
f
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the
place where the Project is located.
13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind
themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives of such
other party in respect to covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as
a whole without written consent of the other. If either
party attempts to make such an assignment without such
consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally
responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly
served if delivered in person to the individual or a
member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the
corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at
or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business
address known to the party giving notice.
13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract
Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder
shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,
obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or
available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,
Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a
right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall
such action or failure to act constitute approval of or
acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be
specifically agreed in writing.
13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of
the Work required by the Contract Documents or by
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public
authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an
appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the
Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,
inspections and approvals with an independent testing
laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the
AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, FOURTEENTH EDITION, AlA ' COPYRIGHT 1917 ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 173~ NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.$292. WARNINO: U.lie..... ,1II0IOCOP,'I, _iol'l.a U.$. CO,,".......... i. ..bjec'l. 'e..1 ,r.....ti... TIl.,
docamu. WII elecU.liully ;rolhc.. ..der lice... ..mber 1960002~....d en be rcprod.ced w...... .i..aLiol ..,iI 7131196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 29
~.
~;...;
appropriate public authority, an_d shall bear all related
costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The
Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of
when and where tests and inspections are to be made so
the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner
shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which
do not become requirements until after bids are received
or negotiations concluded.
13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities
having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work
require additional testing, inspection or approval not
included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will,
upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the
Contractor to make arrangements for such additional
testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to
the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice
to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections
are to be made so the Architect may observe such
procedures. The Owner shall bear such costs except as
provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3.
13.5.3 Ifwch procedures for testing, inspection or
approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal
failure of the portions of the Work to comply with
requirements established by the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by
such failure including those of repeated procedures and
compensation for the Architect's services and expenses.
13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or
approval shall, unless otherwise required by the
Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and
promptly delivered to the Architect.
13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or
approvals required by the Contract Documents, the
Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at
the normal place of testing.
13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the
Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid
unreasonable delay in the Work.
13.6 INTEREST
13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract
Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is
due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing
or. in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing
from time to time at the place where the Project is
located.
13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY
LIMITATION PERIOD
13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
I'~
ut
l
11
I i
L...."
.1 Before Substantial Completion. As to
acts or failures to act occurring prior to the I:
relevant date of Substantial Completion, any L
applicable statute of limitations shall commence
to run and any alleged cause of action shall be C.'
deemed to have accrued in any and all events
not later than such date of Substantial I
Completion;
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Ur:
Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or I
failures to act occurring subsequent to the
relevant date of Substantial Completion and r-;
prior to issuance of the final Certificate for 'U
Payment, any applicable statute of limitations ' .
shall commence to run and any alleged cause of
action shall be deemed to have accrued in any '1
and all events not later than the date of issuance: :
of the final Certificate for Payment; and L.J
.3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to n
acts or failures to act occurring after the U'
relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate
for Payment, any applicable statute of
limitations shall commence to run and any n
alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have L
accrued in any and all events not later than the
date of any act or failure to act by the
Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided O'
under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction !
of the Work or failure to correct the Work by
the Con tractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the
date of actual commission of any other act or n
failure to perform any duty or obligation by the U
Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last.
ARTICLE 14
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION
OF THE CONTRACT
o
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
D
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the n
Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act U
or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- I
subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other
persons performing portions of the Work under contract 0
with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons:
.1 issuance of an order of a court or other
public authority having jurisdiction;
.2 an act of government, such as a declaration 0
of national emergency, making material
unavailable:
.3 because the Architect has not issued aD
Certificate for Payment and has not notified the
D
AlA DOCUMENT A201 ' OENEIlAL ("ONDITIONS OF THE ("ONTIlACT FOR ("ONSTIlUCTION . FOUIlTEENTHBDITION . AlA . COPYRIOHT ..., . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N,W" WASHINOTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNINO: U.Ji.....4 ,~.,..."i.. .i.I.... U.S. c."ri.~llow...4 i. ..~joCI I. 10.0. ,.._olioo. nil
4oc....' ... .lee'ueue.lIJ' "o'Ke' ....r .ic.... ...IN, ,..600025.. ... e.. 1M ..pr..K.' wi....., vi....i.. ....il ;nl"'. . 0
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 30
:~ j, I.
--'"ifi, ![,'" Jill .-'''''iIIIL.;,jiill__ ,...... ;, iE.
.....t. ,. ."'"
......
Contractor of the reason for withholding
certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1,
or because the Owner has not made payment on
a Certificate for Payment within the time stated
in the Contract Documents;
.4 if repeated suspensions, delays or
interruptions by the Owner as described in
Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more
than 100 percent of the total number of days
scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any
365-day period, whichever is less; or
.5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the
Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's
request, reasonable evidence as required by
Subparagraph 2.2.1.
......
4.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor
lay, upon seven additional days' written notice to the
Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover
.L!'om the Owner payment for Work executed and for
roven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools,
~nd construction equipment and machinery, including
reasonable overhead, profit and damages.
4.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days
hrough no act or fault of the Contractor or a
Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other
.....ersons performing portions of the Work under contract
(ith the Contractor because the Owner has persistently
.ailed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the
Contract Documents with respect to matters important to
'""ile progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon
even additional days' written notice to the Owner and
the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from
.!he Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2.
4.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
-34.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the
:ontractor:
.1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to
supply enough properly skilled workers or
proper materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for
materials or labor in accordance with the
respective agreements between the Contractor
and the Subcontractors;
.3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or
rules, regulations or orders of a public authority
having jurisdiction; or
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a
provision of the Contract Documents.
14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner,
upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause
exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to
any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after
giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any,
seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the
Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the
surety:
.1 take possession 'of the site and of all
materials, equipment, tools, and construction
equipment and machinery thereon owned by the
Contractor;
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant
to Paragraph 5.4; and
.3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable
method the Owner may deem expedient.
14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one
of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further
payment until the Work is finished.
14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum
exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including
compensation for the Architect's services and expenses
made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the
Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the
Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The
amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the
case may ,be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon
application, and this obligation for payment shall
survive termination of the Contract.
I:
i.
: I
I
: i
14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER
FOR CONVENIENCE
, I
. ~'l i I
j I: I
Ii I
14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the
Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the
Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the
Owner may determine.
14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the
cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on
the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension,
delay or interruption. No adjustment shall be made to
the extent:
.1 that performance is, was or would have been
so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another
cause for which the Contractor is responsible;
or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or
denied under another provision of this Contract.
14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance
may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee.
,I j
, ',j
\ ~r
I ,A..
A'A DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONlllTIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION, AlA ' COPYRIOHT 1917. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS. 113,S NEW YORX AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON O,C', 20006-5292. WARNING: U.lic....41 ,~oloc.'yi.1 violal.' U.S. CO"",,, I... .... i. ....';.cl ,. '0.1. ,r.'H8'i... Tlli.
~oc.me.l w.. electroaicall)' pro.aud ....er hc.......m..r 1960002S4... en ltc rcp,04aco41 wi,'.a' viot.,i.. ..hi 1131196.
Electronic Document Service A201-1987 31
; ;1
. I I I ~
I I !!
; ~
.
,iI
,..
-i~li~
11
U
r
LJ
r .
I
r-
i
L
n
u
~
I '
L..J
c
r'
U
r
u
11
U
C
o
o
~
L..J
n
U
~
LJ
n .
U
ii
u
n
I I
U
; !!~ 'rJ ..
, ___ll.~HJf'''.. .
.. ...' .
.... ,J,
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
OCTOBER 10, 1995
SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
The following supplements modify, change, delete and add to the General Conditions.
Where any article of the General Condition is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or
clause thereof is modified by these supplements, the unaltered provisions shall remain in
effect.
ARTICLE 3
1. Add to Paragraph 3.9.1:
r;;.-
"All coordination between Architect and contractor at the site shall be done
through the superintendent and not directly between Architect and
Subcontractor. "
ARTICLE 9
1. Add the following in lieu of 9.3.1:
"9.3.1.1. Thirty days prior to the established date for monthly payment to the
Contractor, the Contractor shall submit tot eh Architect an itemized
Application for Payment, notarized, and in full accordance with Section 01310,
'Schedules, Reports, Payments'."
2. Add to Subparagraph 9.3.1:
"9.3.1.2. The Owner shall retain 5 percent of the total sum due the Contractor
until the date of Substantial Completion. At Substantial Completion, 50
percent of the retainage shall be returned to the Contractor. The date of
substantial completion shall be established prior to start-up for all portions of
the work and all Subcontractors within each Bid Package. The Contractor shall
complete the Payment Request forms to include the withheld retainages. The
finalS percent retainage shall be paid when Prime Contractor has completed
the punch list and closed out project."
3. Add to Subparagraph 9.5.1:
"9.5.1.1. The Architect shall, within seven days receipt of the Payment
Request(s), submit to the Owner the reviewed and signed
progress payment forms. The Owner shall within 21 days after
receipt of the progress payment form, make payment to the
Contractor, provided that the Contractor has submitted the
forms by the established deadline and in the proper manner and
format. If the Contractor fails to meet the established deadline
or if forms are incomplete or in error, the Contractor shall forfeit
Supplemental Conditions 1
m654
[J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
OCTOBER 10, 1995
n
L!
his/her right to receive payment for that month. This does not
alleviate the Contractor's obligation to make payment to
Subcontractors. "
c
"Contractor shall designate a minimum of one person responsible for the
prevention of accidents and the protection of persons on or near the site."
c
c
o
ARTICLE 10
1. Add the following to Subparagraph 10.2.6:
ARTICLE 11
1. Add the following to Paragraph 11.1.3:
r:
l~
"A copy of each Certificate of Insurance shall be furnished to the Owner in
duplicate."
D
o
2.
Add the following Subparagraph to Paragraph 11.1.3:
"11.1.5. Coverage for Contractor's Liability Insurance shall be of the following
minimum limits: C
1. Workmen's Compensation
and Occupational Diseases
Statutory Limit
r
U
2. Employer's Liability
$1,000,000
Coverage "B"
o
3. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance:
Bodily Injury:
$1,000,000
Each Person
$1,000,000
Each Occurrence
o
Property Damage:
$1,000,000 $1,000,000
Each Occurrence Aggregate
r
I i
u
Contractual Liability for indemnification of Owner and Architect (hold
harmless agreement) shall be fully insured under this policy for the limits
set forth above.
o
4. Completed Operation Coverage shall be included for a period of not less
than one (1) year after final Payment to the Contractor.
n
U
r
LJ
o
Supplemental Conditions
1122654
2
o
" ,II ..
~.... ,i .i iwi Ai .:1 a_,
ti!..__ . . ..~. -
.ft.. '"
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
OCTOBER 10, 1995
5. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance shall include non-owned,
hired, or rented vehicles as well as owned vehicles.
Bodily Injury:
$1,000,000
Each Person/Each Occurrence
Combined Single Limit
Property Damage:
$200,000
Each Occurrence
6. XCU exclusions shall be covered in all policies, subject to the approval of
the Owner's insurance counselor.
7. Umbrella Excess Liability
$1,000,000
3. Add the following Subparagraph 11.4.3, 11.4.4 and 11.4.5:
11.4.2 "Contractor shall promptly submit two copies of 'Performance and
Material Payment Bond' to Architect no later than 15 days after
Contract between Owner and Architect is signed."
11.3.4 "The Obligee or Owner shall be 'The City of Prior Lake."
'--'
11.4.5 "The amount of the Performance and Material Payment Bond shall be
equal to the amount of the Contract."
jo;;-
.-.
Supplemental Conditions
#22654
3
Ill'''._
,c,~
n
LJ
n
I ;
LJ
[
Q
o
n .
Ll
I
LJ
n
u
n
J
n
n
L..J
o
o .
o
o
o
o
o
o
11 if Jlf. .___....'l' '!1._ .;. '" " ''!I' '1' ,.,......
_ 00 ....' ·
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.200
10/10/95
SECTION 01010. SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PART 1. GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1
Specification section, apply to work of this section.
PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION:
General: Project includes a park building and related work at the Memorial Park Baseball field in Prior Lake,
Minnesota. The drawings and specifications are dated October 10, 1995.
Summary bv References: Work of the Contract shall include all contract documents and these can be summarized
by references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings,
addenda and modifications to the contract documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of this project manual
and including but not necessarily limited to printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work
of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including
weather conditions and other forces outside the contract documents.
Abbreviated Written Summary: Briefly and without force and effect upon the contract documents, the work of the
Contract can be summarized as follows:
~-'"";:
The work includes one new park building composed of a concessions area, restrooms and a press box. The main
building is primarily load bearing, concrete unit masonry with wood pre-engineered trusses, wood rafters and
standing seam roof. All preparatory work, electrical work, plumbing and earthwork is included in the project, except
where noted to the contrary.
The electrical and mechanical work is to be designed and built on a design-build basis. General guidelines
and specifications are indicated herein and noted/implied on the architectural drawings. The General
Contractor is responsible for all mechanicaVelectrical design, registration, drawing submittals required by
the City of Prior Lake (including riser diagrams), shop drawing preparation, code compliance and general
adequacy of the work.
The buildina systems and comoonents include concrete unit masonry, wood trusses and joists, roofing, concrete
flatwork and footings, and other systems as shown on the drawings; work also includes interior finishes such as
paint, toilet partitions, doorslframes and other systems; mechanical work includes essentially plumbing, fixtures,
faucets and related items; electrical work includes main distribution, panels, fixtures, finish items and internal
distribution.
The work does not Include demolition of an existing structure that is now in the general location of the new
building, fencing, delivery or removal of fill and site material related to earthwork and other minor items as stated
in the specification. Acceptable granular fill for use below concrete work is required and furnished under this
contract.
The new work also includes all equipment, products, coordination, temporary facilities, clean up, and all other
requirements for a complete job. Refer to all other division one sections included herein for further requirements
of Contractor.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Contractor shall be resDOnslb1e for obtalnlna all DeRnits. SAC and WAC charaes. ceneral. electrical. Dlumblna and
related. A performance and Material and Labor shall be required and the cost shall be Included In the total base
bid amount. Contact the City of Prior Lake for further information.
SCHEDULE:
The followinc schedule Is outlined with the earliest and latest dates that are acceptable to the City of Prior Lake.
the Contractor may start the work at any time after the scheduled start date, and the Contractor may complete the
work well before the completion date noted. It Is the Intent of the city to allow the contractor maximum flexibility
in staging the work with the weather conditions to facilitate the work and the process, provided the specified
temporary conditions and controls are followed.
Earliest start date:
Latest Substantial Completion date:
November 8, 1995
April 1, 1996
It Is anticipated that the latest possible start shall be January 1, 1996 In order to col11)lete all the work.
If the contractor Incurs additional expenses for frostlfreezlng related work, there shall be no additional
charge to the Owner.
The contractor may do earthwork, backfill and footing work In the fall of 1995, secure the work and re-start
the work at an appropriate time In 1996.
MECHANICAUELECTRICAL DESIGN-BUILD WORK
Provide the followina mechanicaVelectrical items at a minimum:
Mechanical
Design and certification.
All domestic water and sewer.
Underground piping, connections and wet taps.
Connection to existing curb stop.
Flush valves, fittings and drains.
Floor drains, total of three.
Fixtures (floor mounted stools acceptable), faucets and seats.
Drop-In-countertop type lavatories.
One exterior, premium grade hose bid at south elevation.
Brass access cover at exterior.
Connections to sinks at Concessions.
Hangers, fasteners and accessories.
3-compartment sink and hand sink (alternate).
All public fixture and faucets to be ADA compliant.
Ventilation of restrooms via exhaust fans and roof/vents
Roof boots or walVsoffit louvers for exhaust
Electrical
Main Connections and distribution to transformer.
Underground service to panel at restroom.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010.2
... i,ll'
"~'!k-'~:_-, "
.,A",1l ....
, ~ I ~ -"...._.litll.,_. . Ii i ~...
II
I i
'-'
n
U
n
u
n
II
L.-
'r
~ !
U
o
u
c
o
n.
L..J
yo,
1
L
c
G
u
c
n
U
r\
j :
U
r
~
C
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.200
10/10/95
r-
Main service panel (100 amp service or greater).
Code compliant panel box with key lock.
Distribution and conduit.
Installation of work within block walls.
Boxes, switches, receptacles and plates.
Light fixtures.
Photocell for half of light fixtures.
Connections for concessions equipment.
Energy-efficient lighting (non-incandescent).
ReceDtacles as follows: two separate duplex at each restroom; one duplex with lockable cover at exterior'
wall; five separate duplex at concessions, two duplex at press box: verify locations with Architect prior to
construction start.
Liahtina shall be as follows: exterior lights shall be controlled by photocell; restrooms shall be on at all
times; Concessions and Press box shall be operable by switch.
Liaht fixtures as follows: Surface mounted units at each restroom and at Concessions (40 footcandles
unifonnly distributed, or better) with quantity as required to meet this criteria; wall-mounted fixture at press
box front wall; two pendent/hung units within the open corridor sloped ceiling; surface mounted exterior unit
at wall above Concessions (gable side).
Allliaht fixtures shall meet current enerav code and shall meet energy-efficient type (non-incandescent).
All mechanical and electrical work shall be commercial grade and in compliance with all local, state, health and
UBC codes. Any additional items not specicially addressed or shown, if required by code, shall be added to the
work at not charge to the Owner.
CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES:
-"
General: During the entire construction period the Contractor shall have use of the premises as defined on the
drawings, with regular, daily site access to these locations.
ALTERATIONS AND COORDINAnON:
General: The work of this Contract includes coordination of the entire work of the project, and all sub-contractors.
General Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings, diagrams and schedules as necessary for the proper
communication between all interested parties. Contractor shall also control site utilization, from beginning of
construction activity through project c1ose-out and warranty periods. Contractor shall secure all areas within the
prescribed construction limits.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS (Not applicable).
PART 3. EXECUTION (Not applicable).
END OF SEcnON 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
0101 ()"3
~ ~~...
-rrm:: .,~ ,'. .,,,
h ],... ,Ji.L :It. .
.!~-_.
....Ii'.
'... ~
[
~
LJ
o
Ii .
<-J
r;
L
o
n
J
8
r
U
o
n '
~
,r-:
I i
l~
o
D
o
o
o
o
Ii
LJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.200
10/10/95
SECTION 01020 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
Reminder: General Conditions of the Contract include the following subparagraph pertaining to
"Allowances":
"4.8.2.2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs,
overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in
the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;..."
Coordinate allowance work with related work to ensure that each selection is completely integrated and
interfaced with related work.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definitions and Explanations: Certain requirements of the work related to each allowance are shown and specified
in contract documents. The allowance has been established in lieu of additional requirements for that work, and
....."'" further requirements thereof (if any) will be issued by change order.
~ of allowances scheduled herein for the work include the following:
Lump sum allowances.
Unit-cost allowances.
COSTS INCLUDED IN ALLOWANCE:
Unit cost allowance shall strictly include only the net cost of the product to the contractor, including tax and delivery
of the product to the site. The contractor shall add all other applicable costs such as profit, labor, equipment,
markup, etc. to this allowance for total sU,b-bid. These items shall not be a part of the allowance. The Architect
shall select material(s) from manufacturer of his/her option, and as approved by the owner. Contractor shall advise
Architect of any scheduling, delivery or installation difficulties, that are justifiable. Architect shall cooperate with the
Contractor in expediting the selection.
LurJ1,) sum allowance shall be provided to cover all material costs of the product(s) specified, but shall not include
labor, handling, profit and overhead costs of the General Contractor. These costs shall be a part of the Contractor's
overall bid.
Net difference in cost between the allowance and the actual cost of the product(s) to the contractor shall be
corrected by use of a change order. If the product selected (and approved by the owner) is greater than the
allowance then there shall be an add to the contract sum. If the product is less than the allowance, then there shall
be a deduct to the contract sum. There shall be no change to the contract sum for profit, overhead or handling
in either case.
ALLOWANCES
01020 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
ALLOWANCE NO.1: Provide a lump sum allowance of $1,000.00 for construction testing al:ld observations of
earthwork (and does not include concrete testing). This work shall be performed through the contractor: testing
company shall be Braun Intertec.
END OF SEcnON 01020
ALLOWANCES
01020 2
.ji .'.
un...;.l"
J 1",.t"_...1i 'IV....".,
....~
, IS ,..
LI'
,-
[
n
I "
U
G
r-'\ .
) \
'--
c
c
rJ .
n
L.-
[J
II
U
n '
LJ
,-,
u
n
u
o
n
u
D
o
r
L'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SEcnON 01030. ALTERNATES
-
PART 1. GENERAL
~
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section. Refer to specific division~ which are an integral part of each
alternate.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
-
Definition: An alternate Is an amount proposed by Bidders, and stated on the Bid Form that will be added to or
deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either scope of work
or in products, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in Contract Documents.
Alternates mav be chosen by the Owner in whole, In part or not at all, and In any order the Owner so chooses.
Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as required to ensure that work affected
by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project.
Notification: Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of
the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration
at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates, if any.
Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this section. Specification sections referenced in
the Schedule contain requirements for materials and methods necessary to achieve the work described under each
alternate.
Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, appurtenances and similar items incidental to or
required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate.
Each alternate shall include the total cost of the work, whether deducted or added, including all labor and
materials, tef11)Orary requirements, tools, fees, demolition (if required), overhead and profit.
PART 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 . EXECUTION
SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES:
Alternate NO.1: Deduct to provide asphalt shingles in lieu of standing seam roof.
Alternate No.2: Deduct: Delete the three compartment sink and hand sink from the work. Provide rough-in
plumbing and cap-off the pipes at the inside wall location of items as shown on the drawings.
ALTERNATES
01030 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
10/10/95
2923200
Alternate No.3: Deduct to provide the Press box with 2 x 4 framing and batten-on-board cedar siding in lieu of the
block walls shown on the drawings.
Alternate NO.4: Deduct all interior and exterior painting. Owner shall provide painting of all scheduled worK if this
alternate is selected.
Alternate No.5: Deduct to provide one city logo sign In lieu of the two indicated on the drawings. If only one is
provided. that shall be on the front (north) elevation with the letters. Only one set of letters is provided for both
base and alternate bids.
END OF SECnON 01030
ALTERNATES
01030 2
Iii:.
iiifi:iA.:..:..... .
: l~ II.,..-----....,.........,A-.. ;. .. _~ ~."T~
-- -.&.. ..~-,,-
I'
u'
II
U
G
,-r-.
\" !
U
o
r
c.J
1'""'"
j i
L:
n
"-'
r
--..J
n
u
o
o
r<...,
U
o
'i
j I
! '
'-'
C
D
o
1\
U
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 01040. PROJECT COORDINATION
--
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1
- Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Unless otherwise aareed to in writina with the Owner, the General Contractor together with their selected
Subcontractors shall include all items listed below as a part of their work and shall not rely upon the Architect or
Owner to provide any product or work except where explicitly stated, in order to provide a completed product.
Contractor shall perform all preparatory work and integral work items necessary to complete the work as contracted.
Contractor shall include all cleaning, temporary equipment and accessories as itemized below in order to complete
the work as contracted.
The information in this section is critical to the comoletion of the Work. MinimJm administrative and suoervisorv
reauirements necessary for coordination of work on the project include but are not necessarily limited to the
following:
Coordination with all sub-contractors and Prime Site Contractors.
Maintaining project schedule and budget.
Commencing with preparation work, relocation or hook-up to utilities at the appropriate stages.
Means and methods of construction.
Coordination at meetings, meeting minutes and follow-through.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
Prompt ordering of critical, long-lead items.
Safety, barricades, signs and protection of the public.
Surveys, records or reports.
Special reports.
General installation provisions.
Cleaning and protection.
Conservation and salvage.
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040.1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Contractor shall Drovide a field suoerintendent that will be ultimately resDOnsible for all coordination. construction
methods. communication and field decisions. This iob suoerintendent shall be on site durina workina hours. unless
otherwise acceDted bv the Owner/Architect.
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS:
General: Contractor shall prepare a brief written memorandum for construction meetings and special coordination
activities. Include such items as required notices, requirements and reports. Distribute this memorandum to the
Architect, Owner and other entities performing work at the project site. Prepare similar memorandum for separate
contractors where interfacing of their work is required.
SURVEYS AND RECORDSIREPORTS:
General: Working from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish and maintain bench marks
and other dependable markers. Establish bench marks and markers to set lines and levels for work at each story
of construction and elsewhere as needed to property locate each element of the project. Calculate and measure
required dimensions as shown within recognized tolerances. Drawings shall not be scaled to determine dimensions.
Advise entities performing work, of marked lines and levels provided for their use.
Lavout: Contractor shall layout all work from information given on the Construction Documents. If insufficient data
is on the drawings notify the Architect at once. In addition to the information given on the documents, the
Contractor shall be given two sets of documents of the work performed by the site contractor.
Contractor shall stake all vertical and horzontal allanments related to all buildings and related components.
Complete surveying equipment shall be on site for use of the Contractor, Owner or Architect for use
throughout the project.
Contractor shall exercise Drooer Drecaution in verifying figures shown on the documents prior to and during
layout of the work. contractor shall verify all utilities before commencing the work.
LIMITATIONS ON USE OF THE SITES:
General: Umitations on site usage as well as specific requirements that impact site utilization are indicated on the
drawings and by other contract documents, and are consistent with previous construction activities in Minnestrista,
Minnesota. In addition to these limitations and requirements the Contractor shall administer allocation of available
space equitably among entities needing both access and space so as to produce the best overall efficiency in
performance of the total work of the project. Schedule deliveries so as to minimize space and time requirements
for storage of materials and equipment on site.
Contractors shall Drovide temoorarv storaae of items that need to be stored under cover. or under controlled
conditions in a seDarate temDOrarv structure.
SPECIAL REPORTS:
General: Submit special reports directly to the Owner within two days of an occurrence. Submit a copy of the
report to the Architect/Engineer and other entities that are affected by the occurrence.
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040.2
, ,;;,..
-~',lli:..i
,i. I' 11- -Jj~4I._....)i. ii-
...,. ,Ii. 1& .,
r
U
r:
, ,
'--
r-
I \
,
L'
c
o
c
r:
LJ
c
o
r
L
c
r:
LJ
c
c
n
L...
n
'-
r,
L
r:
U
o
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
ReDOrtina Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at the site, the Prime
Contractor shall prepare and submit a special report. Ust chain of events, persons participating, response by the
Contracto(s personnel, an evaluation of the results or effects and similar pertinent information. Advise the Owner
in advance when such events are known or predictable.
ReDortina Accidents: Contractor shall prepare and submit reports of significant accidents, at site and anywhere
else work is in progress. Record and document data and actions. For this purpose, a significant accident is
defined to include events where personal injury is sustained, or property loss of substance is sustained, or where
- the event posed a significant threat of loss or personal injury. Submit a copy of all accidents to Owner and
Architect/Engineer.
PART 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 . EXECUTION
GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS:
Pre-Installation Conferences: Contractor shall hold a preinstallation meeting at the project site approximately 72
hours before installation of each unit of work which requires coordination with other work. Installer and
representatives of the manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by that unit of work, and with
its coordination or integration with other work that has preceded or will follow shall attend this meeting. Advise the
Architect/Engineer of scheduled meeting dates for their attendance.
Refer to each sDecification section for required pre-installation conferences, including concrete and roof
work.
--
Coordinate enclosure of the work with required inspections and tests, so as to minimize the necessity of uncovering
the work for that purpose.
-
Mountina Heiohts: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount individual units of work at industry recognized
standard mounting heights for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height choices
to the Architect/Engineer for final decision.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
General: During handling and installation of work at the project site, clean and protect work in progress and
adjoining work at the basis of continuous maintenance. Contractor shall ensure that protective covering is on
installed work where it is required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion.
Clean and pelform maintenance on installed work as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the
construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging
effects.
END OF SECTION 01040
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040.3
. ;1.'.
il&I;.:,;, ,i
illl.
i ~t... . ,.'. iI iIl_ '" -.
-..."a1
I
\ I
L:
"
\ '
~
r-
i "
L.;
r
I
I '
\-.-
o
n
u
r
LJ
o
n
I !
L
n
I' .
W
j1
I '
U
n
--'
r:
LJ
c
o
p
....-'
r~:
L
r~
L
o
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.200
10/10/95
SECTION 01310. SCHEDULES. REPORTS. PAYMENTS
PART 1. GENERAL:
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1
,- Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
COORDINATION:
The General Contractor shall provide the arena for all subcontractors to list and submit all reports and activities re-
quired by provisions of this section and other sections, so as to provide consistency and logical coordination
between the reports. The contractor shall maintain coordination and correlation between separate reports by
updating the Architect/Engineer at WEEKLY time intervals.
PROGRESS SCHEDULE:
Bar-Chart Schedule: using computerized or manually made schedules, Contractor shall submit a list of deadlines
and dates required to sequence or complete the various components of the work. Resubmit updated charts as
necessary to accurately reflect to progess of the work.
PROGRESS MEETINGS. REPORTING:
General: In addition to specific coordination and pre-installation meetings for each element of work, and other
regular project meetings held for other purposes, the Contractor shall hold a general progress meeting, at an
appropriate intervals. Each prime that is then involved in planning, coordination or performance of work, shall be
properly represented at each meeting. The Contractor shall review each entity's present and future needs including
interface requirements, time, sequences, deliveries, access, site utilization, temporary facilities and services, hours
of work, hazards and risks, housekeeping, change orders, and documentation of information for payment requests.
Parties shall disQJSS whether each element of current work is ahead of schedule, on time, or behind schedule in
relation with updated progress schedule. Determine how behind-schedule work will be expedited, and secure
commitments from entities involved in doing so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that
current work and subsequent work will be completed within Contract Time. Review everything of significance which
could affect progress of the work.
....
Initial Proaress Meetina: Schedule initial progress meeting, recognized as "Pre-Construction Meeting", for
a date not more than 5 days after date of commencement of the work. Use it as an organizational meeting,
and review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
Schedule UDdatina: Immediately following each progress meeting, where revisions to progress schedule
have been made or recognized, the Contractor shall revise progress schedule.
PAYMENT REQUESTS:
General: Except as otherwise indicated, the progress payment cycle is to be regular. Contracto(s application must
be consistent with previous applications and payments. Certain applications for payment, such as the initial
SCHEDULES,REPORTS,PAYMENTS
01310. 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
r
I
I
10/10/95 ~
application, the application at substantial completion, and the final payment application involve additional
requirements.
Waivers of Lien: For each payment application, submit waivers of lien from every entity (including
Contractor) who could lawfully and possibly file a lien in excess of $100 arising out of the Contract, and
related to worK covered by the payment. Submit partial waivers for the amount requested prior to
deduction or retainage on each item. When the application shows completion of an item, submit final or
full waivers. Owner reserves the right to designate which entitles Involved In the worK must submit
waivers.
Waiver Delays: Each progress payment mJst be submitted with Contractor's waiver for period of
construction covered by application. At the Contractor's option, each progress payment may be submitted
with waivers from the subcontractors, or sub- contractors and suppliers for the previous period of con-
struction covered by previous application. The final payment application mJst be submitted together with
or preceded by final or complete waivers from every entity involved with performance of the worK covered
by the payment request.
Waiver Forms: Submit waivers on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to Owner.
Payment ADDlication Times: The "date" for each progress "payment" is as indicated in Owner-Contractor
Agreement or, if none Is Indicated therein, it is the 1 st day of each month. The period of construction worK covered
by each payment request is period indicated in Owner-Contractor Agreement or, if none Is Indicated therein, it is
period ending 15 days prior to date for each progress payment, and starting day following end of preceding period.
Payment ADplications Forms: AlA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets; available from "Publications, a
Division of the AlA Service Corporation", 1735 New YorK Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20006 (also available at most
local AlA chapter offices). Continuation form, showing a breakdown of values, must be used.
APPlication Preparation: Except as otherwise indicated, complete every entry provided for on the form, including
notarization and execution by authorized persons. Incomplete applications will be returned by Architect/Engineer
without action. Entries must match current data of schedule of yalues and progress schedule and report. Listing
must include amounts of change orders Issued prior to last day of the "period of construction" covered by ap-
plication.
Initial Payment ADDlication: The principal administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with
submittal of first payment application can be summarized as follows, but not necessarily by way of limitation:
Listing of subcontractors and principal suppliers and fabricators.
Schedule of values.
Progress schedule (preliminary if not final).
Schedule of principal products.
Performance and/or payment bonds (if required).
Evidence satisfactory to Owner that Contractor's insurance coverages have been secured.
ADDlication at Time of Substantial Completion: Following issuance of Architect's or Engineer's final "certificate of
substantial completion," and also in part as applicable to prior certificates on portions of completed work as
designated, a "special" payment application may be prepared and submitted by Contractor. The principal
SCHEDULES,REPORTS,PAYMENTS
01310.2
II
.~ Ii! 'm __......IlP'''m.,... .. p . ll, .
...,j
-<i~j"
11
U
r
U
n
\ '
w
o
n
U
n
L-
C
r
u
i'
U
11
U
o
o
r~
I I
L-
'I
U
n
u
n .
I '
LJ
('--<
u
n
I :
.......J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/1 0/95
administrative actions and submittals which roost proceed or coincide with such special applications can be
summarized as follows, not necessarily by way of limitation:
Occupancy permits and similar approvals or certifications by governing authorities and franchised services,
assuring Owner's full access and use of completed worK.
Warranties (guarantees), maintenance agreements and similar provisions of contract documents.
-
Testladjustlbalance records, maintenance instructions, meter readings, start-up performance reports, a,nd
similar change- over information germane to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and maintenance of
completed worK.
Final cleaning of the work.
Advice to Owner on coordination of shifting insurance coverages, Including proof of extended coverages
as required.
Final progress photographs and as-built drawings as required.
Listing of Contractor's incomplete worK, recognized as exceptions to Architect's/Engineer's certificate of
substantial completion.
For Final Payment ADplication refer to Section 01700, project Closeout.
ADDlication Transmittal: Submit 3 copies of each payment application, one copy of which is completed with waivers
of lien and similar attachments. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing those attachments, and recording
appropriate information related to application in a manner acceptable to Architect/Engineer. Transmit to
Architect/Engineer by means of ensuring receipt within 24 hours.
PART 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3. EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01310
SCHEDULES,REPORTS,PAYMENTS
01310.3
II.
,."'~, ,,;
, ,~I.
-J~F~.
II tif '~, iil_
.. ,'" ".,
....~
1',
I
I
n
L
n
u
,--.
i '
tJ
n
u
n
u
o.
I'
! '
~~
o
r-:
U
G
r-,
u
r:
r:
w
r:
I !
l..-J
o
D
r:
L
r
L
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 01340 . SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
-
PART 1. GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1
.- Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
General: This section specifies procedural requirements for non-administrative submittals including Shop drawings,
product data, samples and other miscellaneous worK-related submittals. Shop drawings, product data, samples
and other worK-related submittals are required to amplify, expand and coordinate the information contained in the
Contract Documents.
Shop drawinas are technical drawings and data that have been specially prepared for this project, and
includes layout diagrams, scaled drawings, mix designs, engineered drawings and other specific items.
.......
Product data includes standard printed information on manufactured products that has not been specially-
prepared for this project, including standard details, manufacturer's instructions, catelog cuts and similar
items.
Samples are physical examples of worK, and are rquired as noted in the specific sections.
Miscellaneous submittals are work-related, non-administrative submittals that do not fit in the three previous
categories, including warranties, maintenance agreements, bonds, survey data and reports and similar
items.
RELATED WORK:
Refer to all other sections within this specification as each section will have specific requirements that relate to this
section.
Mechanical and electrical shop drawinas must be submitted in the industry-standard manner, although there is no
approving engineer. These submittals will be reviewed by the Architect for general conformance with the
architectural documents, and for selection of colors and similar items.
SUBMmAL PROCEDURES:
General: Refer to the General Conditions for basic procedures for submittal handling:
Coordination: Coordinate the preparation and processing of submittals with the performance of the work.
Coordinate each separate submittal with other submittals and related activities such as testing, purchasing,
fabrication, delivery and similar activities that require sequential activity.
Coordinate the submittal of different units of interrelated work so that one submittal will not be delayed by
the Architect/Engineer's need to review a related submittal. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
01340.1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Zoo
r-'
\
10/10/95 L
withhold action on any submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are
forthcoming.
Note that the specification has been pre-editted to include only those items speclficallv reauired for visual
inspection and verification. The Architect reserves the right to reject and disallow all worK related to a
specific product when the contractor fails to submit per the specification. Any worK that is a result of this
failure shall be corrected at no expense to the owner and shall have no effect on the Contract Time. The
onus is therefore on the contractor to ensure that all submittals are made to the Architect.
Schedulina: In each appropriate administrative submittal, such as the progress schedule, show the
principal WOrK- related submittals and time requirements for coordination of submittal activity with related
worK.
Coordination of Submittal Times: Prepare and transmit each submittal to the Architect/Engineer sufficiently in
advance of the scheduled performance of related work and other applicable activities. Transmit different kinds of
submittals for the same unit of worK so that processing will not be delayed by the Architect/Engineer's need to
review submittals concurrently for coordination.
Review Time: Allow sufficient time so that the installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to
properly process submittals, Including time for resubmittal, if necessary. Advise the Architect/Engineer on each
submittal, as to whether processing time Is critical to the progress of the worK, and If the worK would be expedited
If processing time could be shortened.
Allow approximately one week for the ArchltectlEngineer's initial processing of each submittal. Allow a
longer time period where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The
Architect will attempt to process the submittals in a shorter period of time when possible. The
Architect/Engineer will advise the Contractor prof1l)t1y when it Is determined that a submittal being
processed must be delayed for coordination.
Submittal Preparation: The Architect shall submit to the Contractor the standard office form which is to be attached
to each submittal. A set of these copies shall be given to the Contractor prior to the first submittal. Complete the
entire left section of each sheet, using separate sheets for worK of differing divisions or sections.
Submittal of Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each
submittal from the Contractor to the Architect/Engineer, and to other destinations as indicated, by use of a
transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned to the sender "without
action" .
Shop Drawlnas: Information required on shop drawings includes, dimensions, identification of specific products and
materials which are included in the worK, compliance with specified standards and notations of coordination
requirements with other worK. Provide special notation of dimensions that have been established by field
measurement. Highlight, encircle or otherwise indicate deviations from the contract documents on the shop
drawings.
Do not permit shop drawings copies without an appropriate final "Action" marKing by the ArchitectlEngineer
to be used In connection with the worK.
Preparation: Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale on sheets not less than 8-112"
x 11"; except for actual pattern or template type drawings, the maximum sheet size shall not exceed 36"
x 48". Indicate the name of the firm that prepared each shop drawing and provide appropriate project
identification In the title block. Provide a space not less than 20 sq. in. beside the title block for marKing
the record of the review process and the ArchitectlEngineer's "Action" marKing.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
01340.2
",i, . '.
-~
,.jila..
ilittl~il!l_.. Iii .1 !J '" H-
.......all ,.
n
U
n
L.i
,r)
U
~
U
,....,
1 \,
'-'
n:
, I
'--'
r:
r
I
'--'
,....
U
o
ri
u
c
r
U
n
U
I
o
r:
I "
U
r
l
r
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Zoo
10/10/95
Do not reproduce contract documents or copy standard printed information as the basis of shop drawings.
Submittal: Provide one correctable translucent reoroducible orint and three blue-line or black-line orints:
the reproduCible print will be returned. Architect shall retain a copy from the reproducible sheets for
himself.
Product Data: General information required specifically as product data includes manufacturer's standard printed
recommendations for application and use, compliance with recognized standards of trade associations and testing
agencies, and the application of their labels and seals (if any), special notatIOn of dimensions which have been
verified by way of field measurement, and special coordination requirements for interfacing the material, product
or system with other work.' ,
Whereas manufacturer, fabricator or similar entity shown on the product data submittal is a firm listed on
the Owner's preferred vendor listing, marK the Architect/Engineer's copies with "Owner's List" notation.
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ACTION:
General: Except for submittals for the record and similar purposes, where action and return on submittals is
required or requested, the ArchitectlEngineer will review each submittal, marK with appropriate "Action", and here
possible retum within 2 weeks of receipt. Where the submittal must be held for coordination the Architect/Engineer
will so advise the Contractor without delay.
Retain shop drawinas in the field that are marKed with the Architects/Engineers stamp of acceptance or approval.
PART 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable),
PART 3. EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01340
,.-
SHOP DRAWINGS ~ND SAMPLES
01340.3
. ..
~;.-~""'If>'d;"/._II-'. . " . ,~ >"",.
----.. 110 "
J1L.'
r-,
(
I ,
L~.
n
U
o
n
U
n
'-'
~'
I \
'-'
r;
LJ
Q.
"
I
L
o
n
'-'
C
r.
U
r:
LJ
r.
\ i '
L..
r:
L
D
o
n
~
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 01500 . TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1. GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
Division-1 Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
,....
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for te"1)Orary services and facilities, including
such items as temporary utility services, te"1)Orary construction and support facilities, and project security and
protection.
Use Charaes: Refer to Section 01010 for permit, fee, cost or usage charges and verify all charges and other fees
with the City of Prior Lake and local utilities.
Temporary utility services required for use at the project site and are to be paid for by the Contractor to include but
are not limited to the following:
Water service and distribution.
Temporary electric power and light as needed.
Telephone service: contractor shall obtain separate line.
Storm sewer.
--
Provide adeauate utility capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to availability of temporary utilities at the site,
provide trucked-in services for start-up of construction operations.
Temporary construction and suPPOrt facilities required for the project include but not limited to the following:
Temporary heat, as necessary, as determined by the contractor, depending upon season, sequencing and
other items.
Sanitary facilities/Portable Toilets.
Temporary enclosures.
First aid.
Bulletin boards and signs.
Waste disposal services.
Rodent and pest control.
Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities.
Security and protection facilities and services required for the project include but are not limited to the following:
Temporary fire protection.
Barricades, warning signs, lights.
Environmental protection.
Signage.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Reaulations: Comply with requirements of local laws and regulations governing construction and local industry
standards, in the installation and maintenance of terJ1)Orary services and facilities, including but not limited to the
following:
Building Codes, including local requirements for permits, testing and inspection.
Health and safety regulations.
Utility company regulations and recommendations governing temporary utility services.
Police and Fire Department rules and recommendations.
Police and Rescue Squad recommendations.
Environmental protection regulations governing use of water and energy, and the control of dust, noise and
other nuisances.
In addition, comply with "Environmental Impact" commitments the Owner or previous Owners of the site
may have made to secure approval to proceed with construction of the project.
2. Pre-construction Meetinas: Refer to Sections 04200 and other sections, for pre-construction meeting
requirements.
3. Standards: COfll)ly with the requirements of NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition
Operations", the ANSI-A 10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and the
NECA National Joint Guideline NJG-6 "TerJ1)Orary Job Utilities and Services".
Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditio,!s for TerJ1)Orary Job Utilities and Services", as prepared jointly by
AGC and ASC for industry recommendations.
Trade Jurisdictions: The assigned responsibilities for the installation and operation of temporary utilities
are not intended to interfere with the normal application of trade regulations and union jurisdictions
applicable to the worK.
JOB CONDITIONS:
General: C()ntractor shall provide temporary service at each strategic location, when the service or facility is first
needed to avoid delay in performance of the worK. Maintain, expand as required and modify temporary services
and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the WorK. Do not remove until services or facilities are no
longer needed, or are replaced by the authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
TempOrary Utilities: Do not permit the freezing of pipes, flooding or the contamination of water sources.
TempOrary Construction and SUPDOrt Facilities: Maintain temporary facilities in such a manner as to
prevent discomfort to users. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Maintain terJ1)Orary support
facilities in a sanitary manner so as to avoid health problems and other deleterious effects.
Security and Protection: Maintain site security and protection facilities in a safe, lawful and publicly
acceptable manner. Take necessary measures to prevent erosion of the site.
PART 2. PRODUCTS:
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.2
:., II..
, ','~; 11, i~,.t lL" ...-.:. "l.h"l~.""'" Ii Jl i"
- - ..:a..i ..
r
i
U
L
o
n
U
r
~
n
LJ
c
II .
L
r
l
fl
u
n
'-'
r
\ .
I ,
i..-)
n
u
r.
U
c
r-',
I
I I
L~
n
U
c
I'
i
,
c--
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
General: Contrador shall provide new materials and equipment for temporary services and facilities as required;
used materials and equipment that are undamaged in serviceable condition may be used, if acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer. Provide only materials and equipment that are recognized as being suitable for the intended
use, by compliance with appropriate standards.
Temporary Utilities: When the local utility company provides only a portion of the temporary utility, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with the utility company's
recommendations.
Water Hoses: Where shut-off nozzles are used at the water hose discharge, provide heavy-duty abrasion-
resistant hoses with a pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system.
Non-potable water is not at all permitted on site.
,-
Electrical Service: Coordinate with the all trades the use of all temporary service, hook up and capacities.
Comply with applicable NEMA, NECA and UL standards and governing regulations for materials and layout
of temporary electric service.
Voltaoe Differences: Provide Identification warning signs at power outlets which are other than 110-120
volt power. Provide polarized outlets for plug-in type outlets, to prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into
higher voltage outlets.
Ground-Fault Protection: Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset
button and pilot light, for plug-in connection of power tools and equipment.
Electrical Power Cords: Use only grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to
abrasion and traffic. Use single lengths or use waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of
electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas of worK.
Lamps and Liaht Fixtures: General contractor shall provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage
indicated or required for adequate illumination. Protect lamps with guard cages or tempered glass
enclosures, where fixtures are exposed to breakage by construction operations. Provide exterior fixtures
where fixtures are exposed to the weather or moisture.
Temporary Construction and SuPPOrt Facilities: Provide facilities that can be maintained properly throughout their
use at the project site.
Heatino Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another
recognized trade association related to the fuel being consumed.
Temporary Offices and Similar Construction: For temporary offices, fabrication shops, storage sheds and
similar construction, provide either standard prefabricated or mobile units or the equivalent job-built
construction. Provide insulated, weathertight units, heated or air-conditioned where indicated, lockable
entrances, operable windows, roofing, foundations adequate for normal loading, including wind loads,
serviceable finishes, and mechanical and electrical equipment necessary to achieve ambient conditions
indicated.
Self-Contained Toilet Units: Provide single-occupant self- contained toilet units of the chemical, aerated
recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester
shell or similar non- absorbent material.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with a flame-spread rating of 15 or
less. For temporary enclosures where worK is being or will be performed, provide translucent tarpaulins
made of nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene to admit the maxiroom amount of daylight and reduce the
need for temporary lighting.
First Aid Suoolies: Comply with goyerning regulations and recognized recommendations within the
construction industry.
Drinkina Water: Provide potable water approved by local health, authorities. Where well water mJst be
used, comply with local health authorities recommendations for type and frequency of testing water for
potability.
Security and Protection Facilities. Provide as required:
Fire Extinauishers: Provide Type "A" fire extinguishers for terf1)Orary offices and similar spaces where
there is minimal danger of electrical or grease-oil-flanvnable liquid fires. In other locations proYIde type
"ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of several extinguishers of NFPA recommended types
for the exposures in each case.
Plvwood: For fences and vision barriers, provide exterior types, minimum 1/2" thick plywood for safety
barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar direct-contact uses.
Qoen-Mesh Fencina: Provide No. 11-gage galvanizing chain link fabric fencing 6 feet high with galvanized
barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-112" I.D. for line posts, and 2-112" 1.0. for corner
posts.
TEMPORARY SIGNAGE:
Temporary Sianaoe: Professionally made and painted, weatherproof, temporary signage shall be provided to orient,
instruct and wam city employees, the public and worKers of hazards, te~rary entrances and other conditions.
Letters and numbers on any given sign shall be at least 4" In height. These signs shall be installed and moved
on a daily basis if necessary. Under this contract, at a minimum provide one of the following signs:
CONSTRUCTION ZONE (total of three)
PART 3- EXECUTION
INSTALLATION. GENERAL:
General: Use qualified tradesmen for installation of temporary services and facilities. Locate temporary services
and facilities where they will serve the entire project adequately and result in minimum interference with the
performance of the WorK.
Temporary Electric Power Service: Install as necessary, with service and grounding in compliance with the National
Electric Code (NFPA 70). Include necessary meters, transformers, overload protected disconnect and main
distribution switch gear.
Power Distribution System: Provide circuits of adequate size and proper characteristics for each use. In general
run wiring oyerhead, and rise yertically where wiring will be at least exposed to damage from construction
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.4
: ',1' ..
j;;[';J.
. r; 3,"
u......"... .. . ;~, Ii
'...ii. ~
---
U
(i
U
o
n
U
C
o
o
n
G
r,
U
n
I
U
n
u
t"""'1
!
L:
r
U
o
I
.........
r-'
: i
U
r
L'
r:
LJ
r
I '
L
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
operations. Provide rigid steel conduit or equivalent raceways for wiring which roost be exposed on grade, floors.
decks or other areas of possible damage or abuse.
-
Provide overload-protected disconnect switch for each temporary circuit and each temporary lighting circuit,
located at the power distribution center.
For power hand tools and task lighting, provide temporary 4- gang outlets at each floor level, spaced so
that a 100 foot extension cord can reach each area of worK. Provide a separate 110-120 Volt, 20 Amp
circuit for each 4-gang outlet (4 outlets per circuit).
Temporary Liahtina: If required, provide local switching of temporary lighting, spaced to allow lighting to be turned
off in patterns to conserve energy and retain light suitable for wOrK-in-progress, access traffic, security check and
project lock-up.
Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements, without the
necessity of operating the entire temporary lighting system.
Temporary Telephones: Arrange for the local telephone company to install temporary service to the project, for local
calls only. Provide service of the type and capacity indicated in other Division-1 sections.
Sewers and Drainaoe: If existing sewers are available for temporary drainage near the site prior to completion of
permanent sewers, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged into the
sewers. If existing sewers cannot be used for discharge, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, waste stabilization
ponds and similar discharge facilities to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged in that manner. If neither
existing sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove
and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner.
Connect temporary sewers to the municipal sewer systems in the manner directed by the sewer department
officials, located at the site.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCnON AND SUPPORT FACILmES INSTALLAnON:
General: Provide a job office at the site acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and the Owner. Job office shall have
a heated/air conditioned office, with table and chairs for at least 6 people.
Temporary Heat: If required for the work, provide temporary heat where indicated or needed for performance of
the Work, curing or drying of recently installed work or protection of work in place from adverse effects of low
temperatures or high humidity. Select facilities known to be safe and without deleterious effect upon the worK in
place or being installed. Coordinate with ventilation requirements to produce the indicated ambient condition
required and to minimize the consumption of fuel or energy.
Maintain a minimum temperature of 450F (-r>C) in permanently enclosed portions of the building and areas
where finished work has been installed.
Heatino Facilities: Except where conditions make It necessary to use another system, and where use of the
permanent heating system is available and authorized, provide properly vented self- contained LP gas or fuel oil
heaters with individual space thermostatic control for temporary heat.
Limit use of gasoline-burning space heaters to the indirect- fired type, located outside the building space
or space being heated. Use gasoline-burning space heaters only where the specified system for temporary
heating cannot be used.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.5
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Do not use open buming or salamander type heating units where prohibited by goveming regulations, or
when combustible materials are located in or near the space being heated. or when the work installed or
being installed includes worK which will be exposed to view in the completed project.
Collection and Disposal of Wastes: Establish a system for daily collection and disposal of waste materials from
construction areas and elsewhere on the site. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold collected materials at the
site longer than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the daily temperature is expected to rise above 800F
(2'rC). Handle waste materials that are hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary separately from other inert waste
by containerizing appropriately. Dispose of waste material, in a lawful manner.
Storing of waste on site, burying or buming of waste materials on the site will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
Provide rodent proof containers located on each floor Ieyel of construction worK, to encourage depositing
of garbage and similar wastes by construction personnel.
Construction Aids and Miscellaneous Services and Facilities:
General: Design, construct, and maintain construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities as
needed to accommodate performance of the worK. Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and
facilities include, but are not Umited to the following:
Temporary stairs and ladders.
Guardrails and barriers.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
General: Provide a reasonably neat and uniform appearance in security and protection facilities acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer and Owner. If conditions get unacceptable the Architect shall have the final say as to what is
"acceptable and reasonable".
Except for utilization of permanent fire protection facilities, as soon as available in each area, do not change
over from use of te~rary security and protection facilities to use of permanent facilities until substantial
completion, or for longer periods of time as requested by the Architect/Engineer.
Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs may be fulfilled by permanent facilities, install and maintain
temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed to adequately protect against reasonably predictable and
controllable fire losses. Comply with the applicable recommendations of NFP A Standard 1 0 "Standard for Portable
Fire Extinguishers". Locate fire extinguishers where they are most convenient and effective for their intended
purpose, but provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. Store
combustible materials in containers in recognized fire-safe locations.
Develop and supervise an overall fire prevention and first-aid fire protection program for personnel at the
project site. Review needs with the local fire department officials and establish procedures to be followed.
Instruct personnel in methods and procedures to be followed. Post wamings and information and enforce
strict discipline. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection
facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure
areas. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of ignition for possible fires.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.6
'~I.
-C,"=,', ,: , ' "till.
'hlll"_. . . ! It __.
.1." . Ii ~i "
II
L-,
o
o
r: .
u
r
U
o
n
LJ
n
I (
G
c
n
LJ
n.
I '
~
(',
\ :
'--'
fl
U
o
r
L;
r,
U
n
L
r,
i :
L
:'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Where teR1)Orary water outlets are available, provide hoses of sufficient length to reach construdion areas.
Hang hoses with a warning .sign, to the effed that hoses are for fire protection purposes and are not to be
remoyed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
Barricades. Warnina Sians and Liahts: Comply with recognized standards and code requirements for the erection
of substantial, structurally adequate barricades where needed to prevent accidents and losses. Paint with
appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel at the site and the public, of the hazard being
protected against. Provide lighting where appropriate and needed, including flashing red lights where appropriate.
Environmental Protection: Provide general protection facilities, operate temporary facilities, conduct construction
activities, and enforce strict discipline for personnel on the site in ways and by methods that comply with
environmental regulations, and that minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated
or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result from the performance of worK at the site. Avoid the use
of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict the use of noise making tools and equipment to
hours of use that will minimize noise corf1)laints from persons or firms near the project site.
Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect/Engineer requests that it be maintained for a longer period of time,
remove each temporary service and facility promptly when the need for it or a substantial portion of it has ended,
or when it has been replaced by the authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than substantial completion.
Complete, or, if necessary, restore permanent worK which may have been delayed because of interference with
the temporary service or facility. Repair damaged worK, clean exposed surfaces and replace worK which cannot
be satisfactorily repaired.
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500.7
cl . '.
..1II'IlilI!'; 1: ,)~!I __
,J!!!B_.. II . f\ .~ "
..... ~. .
n
I !
L
n
I I
U
c
r""1 .
LJ
C
n
U
o.
Ii
L
n
U
n
LJ
.......
I
'--
I
U
n
LJ
n
L
r
I
L
n
U
[,
r
L
r
I
I ,
LJ
SECTION 01631 . PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definitions:
Substitutions: The Contractor's requests for changes in the products, materials, equipment and methods
of construction required by the contract documents are considered requests for "substitutions", and are
subject to the requirements specified herein. All substitutions shall be made through the "Substitution
Request Form" only, prior to the bid date.
Substitutions shall only be considered durina the biddina phase and in accordance with the limits defined
in the General Conditions. Once a contract is sianed. substitutions shall not be considered except if
proposed bY the Owner/Architect or under unusual circumstances.
All reQuests for "substitution' or "approved equal" shall be strictly followed by submittal of the "Substitution
Request form", included within this section, and at the beginning of this specification. It shall be the
contractor's responsibility to ensure that the substitute product is equal to that specified, or to state any
differences on the form. Substitutions shall be reviewed by the Architect during the bidding phase of the
project.
Revisions to the contract documents, where requested by the Owner, Architect or Engineer are considered
as "changes" not substitutions.
Standards: Refer to Division-1 section "Definitions and Standards" for the applicability of industry standards
to the products specified for the project, and for the acronyms used in the text of the specification sections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind, from a single source,
for each unit of work, wherever options are available to the contractor.
When it is discovered that specified products are available only from sources that do not or cannot produce
an adequate quantity to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the
Architect/Engineer for a determination of what product qualities are most important before proceeding. The
Architect/Engineer will designate those qualities, such as visual, structural, durability, or compatibility, that
are most important. When the Architect/Engineer's determination has been made, select products from
those sources that produce products that possess the most important qualities, to the fullest extent
possible.
Compatibility of Options: Compatibility of products is a basic requirement of product selection. When the
'Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the project, the product
selected must be compatible with other products previously selected, even if the products previously
selected were also Contractor options. The complete compatibility between the various choices available
to the Contractor is not assured by the various requirements of the Contract documents. but must be
provided by the Contractor.
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
01631 . 1
PRIOR LAKE PUBLIC WORKS
2923200
10110195
SUBMITTALS:
Substitution ReQuest Submittal:
Reauests for Substitutions: During the bidding phase, submit each request for substitution, using the
"Substitution Request Form" furnished within this specification. Contractor shall fill out form completely:
in each request Identify the product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced by the substitution;
include related specification section and drawing numbers, and complete documentation showing
compliance with the requirements for substitutions.
It is in the best interest of the submitting contractor to attach a list of projects built in the State of Minnesota
where the proposed product has been previously installed. Include a contact name and date of
construction whenever possible.
Substitution reauests shall be received by the Architect no later that five (5) days prior to bid due date. Contractor
shall include a stamped, self-addressed envelope with the form, If a written response Is requested from the
Architect. Approvals shall otherwise be indicated in addendum form, but only if accepted. There is no obligation
by the Architect to review submittals, return mail or consider a substitute product, if not submitted on the proper
BRW form.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 . EXECUTION
NOT USED:
END OF SECTION 01631
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
01631 .2
,] . :.
.. ~,~:&t,
,']1"111" "If','
= .11 JI:- ~~,.;j]U'",.,:' E "! 1: J ~a;..
r-"'
1
L...;
r--"\
\ ;
LJ
n
LJ
~
U
n
u
n
\ !
LJ
D.
"
I ;
G
o
o
,--,
! i
LJ
n
LJ
o
n
U .
r,
I I
LJ
n
U
,-.,
, I
\ \
'--'
I~
I I
U
n
LJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 01700 . PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definitions: Project closeout is the term used to describe certain collective project requirements, indicating
completion of the Work, or a specific portion of the worK, that is to be fulfilled near the end of the Contract time in
preparation for final acceptance and occupancy of the WorK by the Owner, as well as final payment to the
Contractor and the normal termination of the Contract.
Specific requirements for individual units of worK are included in the appropriate sections in Divisions 2
through 16.
Time of closeout is directly related to "Substantial Completion" and shall be 30 days after Substantial
Completion except where noted otherwise.
PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
General: Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the Architect/Engineer's inspection for
certification of substantial completion, either for the entire WorK or for portions of the WorK. List known exceptions
in the request. For a precise, contractual definition of "Substantial COf1l>letion", refer to the 'General Conditions
of the Contract', AlA document A 201. The following information is in addition, but not in lieu of, the definitions and
requirement as set for in document A201.
If substantial completion is to be requested prior to the final payment request, indicate the portion of the WorK yet
to be 100 % complete, item by item, and indicate the value of incomplete worK, and reasons for the WorK being
incomplete. This shall be included on a separate document(s), and shall be included along with payment request.
Include supporting'documentation for completion as indicated in these contract documents.
Submit a statement/AlA document showing any accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications
and similar documents.
Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement survey,
property survey, and similar final record information.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of material and similar physical items to the Owner.
Make the final change-over of locks and transmit the keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel
of the change-over in security provisions.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700.1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel.
Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from the project site, along with
construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements.
Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up painting of marred surfaces.
Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of Contractor's request for inspection, the Owner or Architect/Engineer will
either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfulfilled prerequisites.
Results of the completed inspection from the "punch-list" will be reviewed for final acceptance.
PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE:
General: Complete the following before requesting the Architect/engineer's final inspection for certification of final
acceptance, and final payment as required by the General Conditions. List known exceptions, If any, in request:
Submit the final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted
and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.
Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.
Submit a certified copy of the Architect/Engineer's final punch-list of itemized worK to be completed or
corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and has been
endorsed and dated by the ArchltectlEngineer.
Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date
of substantial co"1)letion, or else when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding
elements of the WorK.
Submit signed state forms.
Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement, acceptable to Owner.
Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
Reinspection Procedure: The ArchitectlEngineer will reinspect the WorK upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that
the worK, including punch-list Items resulting from ear1ier inspections, has been completed, except for these items
whose co"1)letion has been delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Architect/Engineer.
Upon completion of reinspection, the ArchltectlEngineer will either prepare a certificate of final acceptance,
or will advise the Contractor of worK that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled, but are
required for final acceptance.
" necessary, the reinspection procedure will be repeated.
RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS:
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700.2
I :J
_.,:~,,i~
. ~,iJI~f:,'I!l._. '. .JI I l!'l :--
,-.-..'!Ii'lT
ri
L
i'
\ i,
'-'
'1
I I
U
n
\ I
L..:
n
J
rl
U
n
I I
U
n.
u
r
U
n
I......:
n
'--.;
n
\ !
LJ
o
n
I I
L.J
!"\
\ I .
I I
'-J
.-,
I ,
, I
J I
'--'
o
II
LJ
n
i i
I-J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
General: Specific requirements for record documents are indicated in the individual sections of these specifications.
Other requirements are indicated in the General Conditions. General submittal requirements are indicated in
"submittals" sections.
Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure,
fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect/Engineer's reference during
normal working hours.
Record Drawinas: Maintain a record set of blue or black line white-prints of contract drawings and shop drawings
in a clean, undamaged condition. MarK-up the set of record documents to show the actual installation where the
installed worK varies substantially from the worK as originally shown. MarK whichever drawing is most capable of
showing the actual 'ield" condition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are used for marK-up,
record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the working drawings. Give particular attention to
concealed worK that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
MarK record sets with red erasable pencil and, where feasible, use other colors to distinguish between
variations in separate categories of worK.
MarK-up new information which is known to be important to the Owner, but for some reason was not shown
on either contract drawings or shop drawings.
Note related change-order number where applicable.
Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print
suitable titles, dates and other identification on cover of each set.
Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including specifications and addenda,
and one copy of other written construction documents such as change orders and similar modifications issued in
printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in the actual worK performed
in comparison with the text of the specifications and modifications as issued. Give particular attention to sub-
stitutions, selection of options and similar information on worK where it is concealed or cannot otherwise be readily
discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and product data, where
applicable.
Upon completion of the WorK, submit record specifications to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's
records.
Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each product data submittal. MarK these documents to show
significant variations in the actual Work performed in comparison with the submitted information. Include both
variations in the products as delivered to the site, and variations from the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for installation. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work which
cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related change orders and mark-
up of record drawings and specifications.
Upon Completion of marK-up, submit complete set of record product data to the Architect/Engineer for the
Owner's records.
Record Sam:>les Submitted: Immediately prior to date or dates of substantial completion, the Contractor will meet
at the site with the Architect/Engineer and the Owner's personnel, if desired, to determine which, if any, of the
submitted samples that have been maintained by the Contractor during progress of the WorK, are to be transmitted
to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's sample storage space.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700.3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other sections of these specifications for requirements of miscellaneous
record- keeping and submittals In connection with the actual performance of the WorK. Immediately prior to the
date or dates of substantial completion, co~ete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly Identified
and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's
records.
Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind data
into individual binders properly Identified and Indexed. Bind each set of data in a heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-
covered binder, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark the appropriate Identification on both front
and spine of each binder.
Include the following types of information in operation and maintenance manuals:
Emergency instructions.
Spare parts listing.
Copies of warranties.
Wiring diagrams.
Recommended "turn-around" cycles.
Inspection procedures.
Shop drawings and product data.
PART 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3. EXECUTION
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
General ODeratina and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of operating equipment and other work
that requires regular or continuing maintenance, to meet at the site with the Owners personnel to provide necessary
basic instruction In the proper operation and maintenance of the entire WorK. Where installers are not experienced
in the required procedures, include instruction by the manufacturer's representatives.
As part of this instruction provide a detailed review of the following items(where applicable for each prime
contractor) :
Maintenance manuals
Record documents
Spare parts and materials
Tools
Lubricants
Fuels
Identification systems
Control sequences
Hazards
Cleaning
Warranties, bonds, maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
As part of this instruction for operating equipment demonstrate the following procedures:
Start-up
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700.4
!1I~.
all"
'~ ; 31.
!J'~11I ...;;1 II .il -..
....~ B:. ~ .: ..:.
r,
I i
i ;
~
n.
u
r~
I
U
n
LJ
n
U
n
U
o
)"1
u
n .
. I
U
,..-."
I ,
I I
~
n
u
n
U
n
I \
LJ
n
i I
L.;
o
n
J
,....,
i l
u
o
o
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
,.-
Shut-down
Emergency operations
Noise and vibration adjustments
Safety procedures
Economy and efficiency adjustments
Effective and energy utilization
FINAL CLEANING:
,..-
General: Special cleaning requirements for specific units of WorK are included in the appropriate sections of
Divisions 2 through 16. General Cleaning during the regular progress of the WorK is required, by the General
Conditions and is included under section "Temporary Facilities".
Cleanino: Provide final cleaning of the Work at the time indicated. Employ experienced worKers or professional
cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of worK to the condition expected from a normal, commercial
building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for operations.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting the Architect/Engineer's inspection for
certification of substantial completion.
Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows, to a polished
condition. Remove putty and other substances which are noticeable as vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
Clean exposed exterior and interim hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of dust,
stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their
original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean. Remove excess lubrication and other
substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
Removal of Protection: Except as otherwise indicated or requested by the Construction Manager or
Architect/Engineer, remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during the course of
the worK to protect previously completed worK during the remainder of the construction period.
Compliance: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations. Do not bum waste
materials at the site. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile
or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose
of in a lawful manner.
END OF SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700.5
.: 1'1
q~~'
.1 '1 II ..
-,\,"1111111... ;. ..;~ ,,;.I ,~ ~!!"
a",F'
~
!
LJ
,-'
! '
i
L.;
r-:
\ i
U
:-'
i
L1
o
r:
) I
'---'
r'
I I
! I
L_
,-,
\ ,
U
r:
LJ
n
U
n
U
n
LJ
.~
! I
, ;
.......
-,
! I
! i
'---'
n
( ,
LJ
n
! I
U
n i.
I )
L.
~,
\ ;
u
n
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 02200 . EARTHWORK
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes earthworK as indicated on drawings, including grading, trenching, preparation of subgrade,
backfilling, compaction and related worK.
The buildina is located at the Memorial ParK Ballfield: the limits of construction are rouohly 50' bY 80', in the location
of the soon-to-be-demolished shed currently at the field. The following is included under this earthworK section:
1) Excavate area as located in the field by the Architect/ONner. Coordinate with the soils engineer to verify
the existing sub-surface conditions are acceptable for the placement of new footings and slabs.
2) The base bid shall include all excavation and trenching; Removal of soil for the new work; Providing
imported granular material for use under slabs and footings; Placement of on-site material into over-
excavated areas; compaction of all imported and on-site soils (as specified); Removal off-site of excess
material; All related earthworK items.
3) Detail drawings at footings and foundations may not always graphically indicate all subsurface
requirements: follow the specifications and Engineering drawings for specific thickness and materials. In
general, provide a minimum of 6" of imported granular material under all footing and floor slabs.
There is no existina soils information available. Contractor shall work with soils engineer and coordinate the work
as necessary to complete the worK.
Demolition of the existina structure. providina top soil after the new construction. soddino and landscapino work
shall be performed bY the City of Prior Lake.
RELATED WORK:
All other Division 2 Sections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing
authorities having jurisdiction. Perform all work in compliance with City of Prior Lake Engineering Guide Manual.
2. Testina and Inspection Service: ONner will engage soil testing and inspection service for quality control testing
during earthworK operations. The cost for this is provided under Section 01020. Contractor shall be responsible
for the coordination of this service.
EARTHWORK
02200 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SUBMITTALS:
Test RePOrts-Excavatina: Soils engineer shall promptly submit following reports directly to Architect/Engineer from
the testing services, with copy to Contractor:
Test reports on borrow material.
Compactionlfield density test reports.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Site Geotechnical Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or
warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It Is expressly understood that Owner will not be
responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data are made available for
conyenience of Contractor.
Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no cost to Owner.
Existina Utilities: Contractor shall locate any existing underground utilities. If utilities are to remain in place, provide
adequate means of support and protection during earthworK operations.
Should uncharted, or Incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility
owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and
facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility company.
Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this worK and post with city
approved warning lights. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused
by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthworK operations.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
SOIL MATERIALS:
Provide and reuse satisfactory soil materials complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, SW
and SP.
Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups ML, MH,
CH, OL, OH, PT, GC, SC, and CL.
Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag,
natural or crushed sand.
Backfill and Fill Materials: Below all slabs and adjacent to all underground walls, provide satisfactory soil materials,
mostly free of fat clay, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable
and other deleterious matter. Provide evenly graded, clean granular soil materials with not more than 10% passing
No. 200 sieve.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
EARTHWORK
02200 . 2
~ liil
.~~i'" " Ii 'I" _,."WI. lii.lil~1i: Ill. "l.,;. ~.
- ....JL,..... '_
[
r
i I
L-
[
I"'
i
G
r
I i
U
r!
Ii.
'--'
n
I :
G
\:
U
o
[J
n,
LJ
o
n
l i
L...
n
, I
I 1
i
'-'
o
n.
L..J
D
n
U
n
c..J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
EXCAVATION:
Excayation for structures: conform to eleyations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10', and
extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete forrnwork,
installation of services, other construction, and for observation. Under footings and foundation bases, fill un-
authorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without
altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fUI may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when
acceptable to ArchitectlEngineer.
Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same
classification, unless otherwise directed by Project Geotechnical Engineer or Architect.
If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and
replace excavated material as directed by Project Geotechnical Engineer.
Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction.
Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated.
Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling.
Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding
project site and surrounding area.
Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms,
undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain
pUrJ1)S, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to
convey water away from excavations.
Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells to provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe.
Unless otherwise shown, backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18" of column or wall
footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete
to level of bottom of adjacent footing. Concrete is specified in Division 3.
Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by Project
Geotechnical Engineer. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems.
For piping or conduit less than 2'-6" below surface of roadways, provide 4" thick concrete base slab support. After
installation and testing of piping or conduit, provide minimum 4" thick encasement (sides and top) of concrete prior
to backfilling or placement of roadway subbase.
COMPACTION:
General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimJm percentage of density specified for each
area classification indicated below.
Percentaoe of Maximum Density Reauirements: ASTM D 678 (Modified Proctor).
Stl1Jctures. Building Slabs and Steps. Pavements: Compact all fill in approximately 6" to 12" lifts,
depending on equipment and conditions at site, to at least modified 200-300, 96% Proctor density (ASTM
D698-78).
EARTHWORK
02200 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Lawn or Unpaved Areas: CorJ1)8ct top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90%
maximum density.
Walkways: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95% maximum density.
Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soU material must be moisture conditioned before compaction,
uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material. Apply water in manner to prevent free water
appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. FUI that is placed wet shall consist of less
than 5% passing #200 sieve. and no more than 40% passing '40 sieve. Refer to soil report.
Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density.
Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to pennit compaction may be stockpiled or
spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is
reduced to a satisfactory value.
BACKFILL AND FILL:
General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification Ii~ted
below .
In excavations and landSC8Ped areas. use satisfactory excavated or borrow material: provide new imported
fill as required in order to meet the specified densities.
Under walks. steps and pavements, use subbase material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow material,
or combination of both.
Under bulldlna slabs, use granular materials which have been approved by the Geotechnical Engineer.
Under plplna and conduit, use subbase material where subbase is indicated under piping or conduit; shape
to fit bottom 900 of cylinder.
Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious
materials f~m ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than 1
vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface.
When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for particular area
classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, molsture-condition to optimum moisture content, and compact
to required depth and percentage of maxiroom density.
Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose depth for material
compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand-
operated tampers.
Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact
each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do
not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
Place backfill and flU materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required elevations. Take care
to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material
uniformly around structure, piping or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift.
EARTHWORK
02200 . 4
,Ill :l:
~.'.1~:!~
ill ~ ,ill! ._"IIIllI_,~ ,.;::i~. .1' .I: ,::; II L _
-~'I.~,.., ; :.
n
L
r
I ~
I I
L
r
I i
I I
L-..
r-
\
L
n
L_}
r
I
l~
r-,
I:
I ,
L.,
i:
LJ
r
i i
r.
I i
LJ
\,
L.;
~
i
L
r-
I
L.
...
I i
I i
~
I;
\ \
L
I
I
'-----'
\
I, i
I I
LJ
r
I I
I
i--J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
GRADING:
General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas.
Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where
elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing grades.
Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to
prevent ponding.
Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10' above or below
required subgrade elevations.
Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more
than 0.10' above or below required subgrade elevation.
Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface
not more than 1/2" above or below required subgrade elevation.
Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and
to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2" when tested with a 10' straightedge.
Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum or
relative density for each area classification.
PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE:
General: Subbase course consists of placing subbase material, in layers of specified thickness, over subgrade
surface to support a pavement base course.
See other Division 2 sections for paving specifications.
Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross-slope of subbase course.
Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of
acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to cofT1)act to thickness of each subbase course layer. Compact
and roll at least a 12" width of shoulder simultaneously with cofT1)acting and rolling of each layer of subbase course.
Placina: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to
indicated cross- section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase material during
placement operations.
When a compacted subbase course is shown to be 6" thick or less, place material in a single layer. When shown
to be more than 6" thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 6" or less than 3" in
thickness when compacted.
MAINTENANCE:
Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
EARTHWORK
02200 . 5
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to within specified tolerances.
Reconditionina Compacted Areas: Where cof1'1)leted compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction
operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape, and compact to required density and moisture content
prior to further construction.
Settlina: Where settling Is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period,
remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment.
Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent worK, and eliminate evidence of
restoration to greatest extent possible.
END OF SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
02200 . 6
~ !" _........ . ....-...,,!"~.
T7 a'lf _ _:JIIIImr;'~ '11.._. :1 If , " l' ...
.- .'. . .
Ii
l....-!
t'
I
L
!
I
"
I '
, I
L
n
u
"
I '
U
j"'
i
L--'
n
LJ
n
LJ
r'"'
! i
n
1 I
, I
U
r-,
i :
LJ
n
LJ
I,
L1
r,
~
n
I I
LJ
I"
I ,
I I
: J
L
r
( !
Li
n
i
'-'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 02666 -SITE WATER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes all site water systems worK as implied on drawings and as required to make connection from the
building to the City of Prior Lake domestic water system. This worK is not specifically sized and specified, nor
specicially indicated on the drawings: Contractor shall provide piping and related items that are appropriately sized
and designed to the needs of the building as shown on the Contract Documents and in accordance with current
proper engineering standards. Verify with the City of Prior Lake concerning the appropriate city details and
installation requirements.
RELATED WORK:
Section 02200. earthworK.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with site
water piping work similar to that required for project.
2. Codes and Standards:
Plumbina Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Uniform Plumbing Code and American
Waterworks Association pertaining to selection and installation of site water system materials and products.
Water Purveyor Compliance: Comply with requirements of Purveyor supplying water to project, obtain
required permits and inspections.
City of Prior Lake Compliance: Comply with requirements of the City of Prior Lake Standard Specifications
for Water Main Construction, except where stricter specified requirements are listed herein.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for potable water system
materials and products.
2. Record Drawinas: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed potable water system piping and
products, in accordance with requirements of Division 1, and City of Prior Lake.
SITE WATER SYSTEMS
02666 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
JOB CONDITIONS:
Examine areas for conditions under which worK Is to be performed. Report any deficiencies in writing to Contractor
before commencing worK.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MATERIALS: PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS
General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, and
capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as detennined by Installer to comply with
installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of
materials which match pipe materials used In potable water systems. Where more than one type of materials or
products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
fie!!!sl: Provide pipes of one of the following materials, of weight/class indicated. Provide pipe fittings and
accessories of same material and weight/class as pipes, with Joining method as indicated.
Ductile-Iron PiPe: AWWA C151, Class 52.
Fittinos: Ductile-iron, AWWA C110, Class 250, cement lining, AWWA C104 and rubber gasket joints,
AWWA C111.
VALVES:
Gate Valves: Provide as indicated, gate valves, AWWA C509-80, 200 psi worKing pressure. Provide mechanical
joint end configurations to suit size of valve and piping connection. Provide inside screw type for use with curb
valve box, iron body, bronze- mounted, resilient wedge type non-rising stem.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gate valves of one of the following:
American.
Approved Equal.
ACCESSORIES:
Anchoraoes: Provide anchorages for tees, wyes, crosses, plugs, caps, bends, valves and hydrants. After
installation, apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-retarding material to surfaces of ferrous
anchorages.
Clamps. Straps. and Washers: Steel, ASTM A 506.
Rods: Steel, ASTM A 575.
Rod Couplinas: Malleable-iron, ASTM A 197.
Bolts: Steel, ASTM A 307.
Cast-Iron Washers: Gray-iron, ASTM A 126.
SITE WATER SYSTEMS
02666 . 2
't iai .1' - Ic.....~:o1III{ii ":,~:~::'~
· ), 'i;;I -'...... ' ..._. ~.. .. , .
"'I\<t ~,
&~...
r->
, i
LJ
r
i ;
L
n
r--:
i
LJ
,.--,
i '
U
u
['-'
I
i :
L1
n
: i
u
, I
I '
i ;
U
n
1 '
L
r,
I !
LJ
r
LJ
i ,
L
I
L
j,
: I
L
r
U
11
I I
L
Ii
[ ,
LJ
~
l~
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Thrust Blocks: Concrete, 2.500 psi.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSPECTION:
General: Examine areas and conditions under which potable water system's materials and products are to, be
installed. Do not proceed with worK until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to
Installer.
INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS:
Conform to City of Prior Lake standard specifications for installation of water system components.
Depth of Cover: Provide minimum cover over piping of 8'.
INSTALLATION OF VALVES:
General: Install valves as indicated with stems pointing up. Provide valve box and riser over underground valves.
TAPPING SERVICES INTO WATERMAIN
Connection of services to existing watermain shall be performed while existing watermain is under pressure (i.e.
wet tap) using an AWWA approved drilling machine, apping sleeve and tapping valve. Conductivity must be
maintained from the main that was tapped to the services by whatever means necessary. A connection to an
existing main by methods other than a wet tap shall be done only with the approval of the Owner and Architect,
or if specifically shown on the plan.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
8acteriolooical and Chlorination Tests: AWWA, 8300 and 8301.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
Disinfection of Potable Water SYStem: Flush pipe system with clean potable water until no dirty water appears at
point of outlet. Fill system with water-chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Valve off system and
let stand for 24- hrs minimum. Flush with clean potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from
system.
Repeat procedure if contamination is present in bacteriological examination.
Disinfection of Water Mains: Flush and disinfect in accordance with AWWA C601 "Standard for Disinfecting Water
Mains".
END OF SECTION 02666
SITE WATER SYSTEMS
02666 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
SITE WATER SYSTEMS
"WI.~ =-...'ii FV
2923200
11"" '-!III
l' ~i li JI~'~~ .o/j).':_.,~':.~... 1..,
10/10/95
02666 . 4
.a..... '"
Ii
I I
'--'
[
[
II
U
r
lJ
r~
I
i '
LJ
rl
I I
U
i
I
I
LJ
!!
1 I
I,---.J
II
U
r-'I
I 1
G
i ,
I '
L
;
LJ
Ii
I
L,
n
I I
L~
'--J
~!
i i
LJ
r
I "
'---'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 02730 -SEWAGE SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes sanitary sewaoe systems as implied on the drawings and as required to make connection from
the building to the City of Prior Lake sanitary sewer system. This worK is not specifically sized or specified, nor
specifically indicated on the drawings: Contractor shall provide piping and related items that are appropriately sized
and designed to the needs of the building as shown on the contract Documents and in accordance with current
proper engineering standards. Verify with the City of Prior Lake concerning the appropriate city details and
installation requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Installer Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with sanitary
sewage worX similar to that required for project.
2. Codes and Standards:
Plumbina Code Comoliance: Comply with applicable portions of National Standard Plumbing Code
pertaining to selection and installation of sanitary sewage system materials and products.
Complv with applicable requirements of MnOot Standard Specifications and local authorities having
jurisdiction.
Comply with applicable requirements of City of Prior Lake Standard Specifications for sanitary and storm
sewers.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for sewage system
materials and products.
2. Record Drawinas: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed sanitary sewage piping and products,
in accordance with requirements of Division 1 and the City of Prior Lake.
3. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists of sanitary sewage system materials and products.
Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with
requirements of Division 1.
JOB CONDITIONS:
SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02730 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Examine site conditions in areas where worK is to be performed. Report any deficiencies to Contractor in writing
prior to commencing work.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MATERIALS: PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS
General: Provide pipes of one ,of the following materials, of weight/class indicated. Provide pipe fittings and
accessories of same material and weight/class as pipes, with joining method as indicated.
PolyvinYl Chloride (PVC) Sewer PiPe: ASTM D 3034, Type PSP, SDR 35; or ASTM D 3034, Type PSM, SDR 35
(see Prior Lake EGM page 32).
Fittinos: PVC, ASTM D 3033 or ASTM D 3034, solvent-cement joints complying with ASTM D 2855 using
solvent cement corf1)lying with ASTM 0 2564; or elastomeric joints complying with ASTM D 3212 using
elastomeric seals complying with ASTM F 4n.
Reinforced Concrete Sewer PiPe (RCP): ASTM C76 and MnDOT 3236.
Precast reinforced concrete storm sewer manholes or catch basins: Comply with ASTM C 478, or construct from
concrete brick or block conforming to ASTM C 139.
Top: Precast concrete, of concentric cone, eccentric cone, or flat slab top type, as indicated.
Base: Precast concrete, with base riser section and separate base slab, or base riser section with integral floor,
as indicated.
Steps: Dudlle-lron or aluminum, integrally cast into manhole sidewalls.
Pipe Connectors: Resilient, complying with ASTM C 923.
Catch Basin Castinos and Grates: Castings, covers and grates shall be as indicated on Drawings.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS:
General: Install piping in accordance with City of Prior Lake Standard Specifications, except where more stringent
requirements are indicated.
Inspect pipino before installation to detect apparent defects. MarK defective materials with white paint and promptly
remove from site.
Lay pipina beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of
invert.
Place bell ends or groove ends of piping facing upstream.
Install oaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other
special installation requirements.
SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02730 . 2
:H iI& ..
" ,,: Ji._~.,1iI" ... * II 1,,-
- ...,. ,,i;
-J ~''''~
n
L_
n .
r
r;
I
LJ
[
Li
r-:
LJ
n
I ,
U
~
1 I
l_; .
~
!
r
U
r-.
I '
J
~
C
[J
[1
t:
r
I
.r--;
1
U
r:
I ;
'-'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Plastic Pipe: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and in accordance with ASTM
02321.
Cleanino Pipe: Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as worK progresses. Maintain swab
or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is corf1)leted.
In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning.
Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of day or whenever worK stops.
Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris.
Joint Adapters: Make joints between different types of pipe at building connections with standard manufactured
resilient fittings intended for that purpose.
Closina Abandoned Utilities: Close open ends of abandoned underground utilities which are indicated to remain
in place (if any). Provide sufficiently strong closures to withstand hydrostatic or earth pressure which may result
after ends of abandoned utilities have been closed.
Close ODen ends of concrete or masonry utilities with not less than 8" thick brick masonry bulkheads.
Close open ends of pipina with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods for sizes
and type material being closed. Wood plugs are not acceptable.
Interior InsPection: Inspect piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred.
Make inspections after lines between manholes, or manhole locations, have been installed and
approximately 2-ft of backfill is in place, and again at corf1)letion of project.
If inspection indicates poor alignment, debris, displaced pipe, infiltration, or other defects, correct such
defects, and reinspect.
SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLES:
General: Place precast concrete sections as indicated. Where manholes occur in pavements, set tops of frames
and covers 1" below finish surface. Elsewhere, set tops 3" above finish surface, unless otherwise indicated.
Install in accordance with ASTM C 891.
Provide rubber ioint gasket complying with ASTM C443 at joints of sections.
Install catch basin castinos 0.10" below grade or 0.05" below paved surfaces other than curb lines.
TAP CONNECTIONS:
Make connections to existina piping and underground structures, so that finished worK will conform as nearly as
practicable to requirements specified for new worK.
For branch connections from side into existing 24" or larger piping or to underground structures, cut opening into
unit sufficiently large to allow 3" of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut ends of connection
-'
SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02730 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of, and be flush with, inside wall, unless otherwise
indicated. On outside of pipe or structure wall, encase entering connection in 6" of concrete for a minimum length
of 12" to provide additional support or collar from connection to undisturbed ground.
Provide concrete which will attain minlmJm 28-day compreSSive strength of 3,000 psi, unless otherwise
indicated.
Use epoxy bonding COf11)Ound as interface between new and existing concrete and piping materials.
Take care while making tap connections to prevent concrete or debris from entering existing piping or structure.
Remove debris, concrete, or other extraneous mate!ial which may accumulate.
BACKFILLING:
General: Conduct backfilling operations of open-cut trenches closely following laying, jointing, and bedding or pipe,
and after initial inspection and testing are completed.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Testina and Inspection: The City of Prior Lake shall inspect and approve completed piping and installations. If
testing Is required and the worK is not incompliance with city standards, Contractor shall pay for all testing after any
failure.
END OF SECTION 02730
SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02730 . 4
, "~ Ii ..
ot,&L,"
" ~'.__;~,~I_ ..,.;1.1:1
.....,.111I iJIi .,
rI
LJ
n
LJ
r
U
0
D
n
LJ
0
0
;,
\
,.....
I !
.......;
n
u
0
0
n
u
n
U
0
n "
L1
fI
U
0
0
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
SECTION 03310 . CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 . GENERAL
......
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK specified in this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes all concrete and reinforcina as shown on drawings, and specified herein, including but not limited
to the following abbreviated list of items:
New footings.
New floor slabs.
Miscellaneous other items.
RELATED WORK:
Section 02200. earthworK.
Section 04200. Unit Masonry.
Section 07900. Joint Sealers, for expansion joints and sealants.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Codes and Standards: Comply with the latest edition of the following codes and standards except where more
stringent requirements are shown or specified:
ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
ACI 318 "Builcling Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice".
2. Concrete Testina Service: Owner shall engage and pay for a testing laboratory to perform material evaluation
tests and to provide concrete design mixes. Testing frim shall perform tests listed in the last section of this section.
3. Contractor shall pay for all necessary additional testing, at no cost to the Owner, as determined by the Architect,
in the event that preliminary testing shows failure of the Contractor to meet specifications. This shall be paid for
soley be the Contractor and not charged to the Owner.
4. Mandatory Preconstruction Meetina: Prior to, or concurrent with, the submittal of design mixes, the Contractor
shall arrange a meeting with Owner, Architect, readymix supplier representative, admixture representative, concrete
sub-contractor and all other associated contractors and suppliers. Discussion shall include proper use of
admixtures, proper placement of concrete, curing methods, concerns of weather conditions, timing and all other
concerns.
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
o
~
\ 1
'--'
Placement of footinas may be performed prior to the preconstruction meeting, provided mix design has
been approved, but any other concrete worK shall be subject to rejection and removal if performed prior . n
to this meeting. U
SUBMITTALS: ~
Note: faxed submittals shall not be acceptable for any contractor-furnished submittals required on this project.
1. Product Data: Submit data for all proprietary materials, including all admixtures,seven full days prior to any work
being performed.
2. Shop Drawinas: Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete
reinforcement.
3. Mix Desians: At least 7 days prior to first pour. submit all mix designs proposed for use on the project. Provide
all necessary information, including the location of the proposed mix designs and a complete standard deviation
analysis or trial mix test data.
4. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test as specified.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
REINFORCING MATERIALS:
Reinforcina Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed.
Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn, steel.
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
SuPPOrts for Reinforcement: As required, co"1>lying with CRSI recommendations. Provide bolsters, chairs, spacers
and other supports as necessary at all reinforced slab locations.
CONCRETE MATERIALS:
General Note: Admixtures with 0.05% or more chloride ions are strictly prohibited. The total water soluble calcium
chloride ion content for the total mix of all materials, including water, shall not exceed 0.05% by weight of cement.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Only one brand of cement shall be used.
FlY-Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C., limited to 15% of cement content by weight, and used only at footings.
Normal Weicht Aaareoates: ASTM C 33.
Water: Drinkable.
Air-Entrainina Admixture: ASTM C 260.
Products: Provide one of the following:
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 2
If ?! . .:
,.~. ... J! '!! If--
_ ,_,,__ _ ,c!.ll ' ..~..
.~~~
:!...
o
c
c
.,......
f i
LJ
c
r-"
I 1
I I
"-'
o
Ii
L.i
n
I I
'---J
n
LJ
n
LJ
n
I I
LJ
o
c
n
U
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
......
"Air Mix"; Euclid Chemical.
"Sika Aer"; Sika Corp.
"Micro Air" or "MB-VR"; Master Builders.
"Darex AEA" or "Daravair"; W.R. Grace.
Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A., no chloride ions.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"Eucon WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Pozzolith 200N or 322N"; Master Builders.
"WRDA w/Hycor; W.R. Grace Co.
Water-Reducing. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"Eucon Retarder 75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Pozzolith 100XR or 300-R"; Master Builders.
"Daratard17"; W.R. Grace.
Hiah Range Water-reducing Admixture (SuP8rolasticizer): ASTM C 494, type F or type G.
"Eucon Super 37 or 537"; Euclid Chemical Corp.
"Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders.
"Sikament 300"; Sika Chemical Corp.
Non-corrosive. Non-Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C 494, Type C or E, with no more cholide ions than municipal
drinking water. Provide long term, non-corrosive test data including non-corrosive, non- chloride report compliance,
if used.
"Accelguard80"; Euclid Chemical Company.
"Daraset"; W.R. Grace.
RELATED MATERIALS:
Non-shrink arout: CRD-C-621 and ASTM-C-11 07, factory mixed, non-metallic with 7500 psi compressive strength
(28 day).
Products: Provide one of the following:
"Euco-NS"; Euclide Chemical.
"Ouragrout"; L&M Construction Chemicals.
"Masterflow 713"; Master Builders.
"Sonogrout"; Sonneborn.
Vapor Retarder/Moisture-Retaining Membrane: Polyethylene film, 8 mils thick, complying with ASTM C 171, as a
cover only.
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
Diss8Patina Resin Curina Compound: Dissapating type that shall chemically break down in a two to four week
period.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"Kurez DR"; Euclid Chemical Cof11)any.
VOC Compliant Clear Curina and Sealina Compound: Clear styrene acrylate type with 30% solids content minimJm
and a maximJm moisture loss of 0.039 grams per square em, at rate specified. Apply at the rate of 300 square
feet per gallon maximum. Product shall not yellow under 500 hours of ultra-violet testing (ASTM C 4587).
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"Super Aqua Cure" or "Super Diamond Clear VOX"; Euclid Chemical Co.
Approved Equal.
Undertayment Compound: Free-flowing, self-leveling, pumpable cementitious base compound for use on top of
existing or new concrete.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"FIo- Top"; Euclid Chemical Co.
Repair Toppina: Self leveling, polymer modified high strength topping.
Products: "Thin Top SL"; The Euclid Chemical Co.
Bondina Compound: Acrylic polymer modified type, non-rewetable
bonding COfT1)Ound.
Products: subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"Eucobond"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Daraweld"; W.R. Grace.
Epoxy Adhesive: Two part, 100% solids, 100% reactive compound suitable for dry or damp surfaces, ASTM C 881.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, proYide one of the following:
"Euco Epoxy 452MV or 620"; euclid Chemical Co.
"Sikadur Hi-Mod"; Sika Chemical Co.
PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES:
Prepare deslan mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience
methods as specified in ACI 301. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and
reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing
unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
Desian mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on drawings and
schedules:
CONCRETE WORK
03310- 4
":; ,.
1!lII!r1:, #i!!,
'" .. :it ~ _11.__1. ' :;n1I_.;.: . J" i ,~ Jjl.:il
-&.... , ~
(,
L..
n
u
n
! I
"-I
o
n
LJ
~
LJ
n
fl
U
D
n
LJ
o
n
u
n
U
n
, \
-"
n
u
n
U
r--
, I
U
o
n
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
-
3500 psi 28-day compressive strength; WIC ratio, 0.48 maximJm at interior floor slabs and at all
archltecturaVstructural exterior work, except If a greater strength is specified on the structural drawings.
3000 psi 28-day corJ1>ressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.56 maximum at all below grade footings.
Slump limits: Proportion and design mixes as follows:
3", +/-1" for all flatworK and exposed architectural concrete:
7" +/-1", with superplasticizer included in mix.
3-1/2", +/-1" for all other concrete.
7" for concrete fill at masonry.
Ready-Mix Materials: Comply with ASTM C 94. Contractor shall reject all concrete brought in by ready-mix truck
that exceeds maximum allowable slumps and water-cement ratios, and the following limits:
60 minutes after inclusion of superplasticizer.
60 minutes for all concrete in tel11>eratures exceeding 80 degrees.
90 minutes for all other concrete.
ADMIXTURES:
Provide air entrainment at all concrete on this project at a rate of 6% +/-1 %.
Use water-reducina. retardina or acceleratina admixtures, in concrete as required for placement and worKability.,
depending on climatic or situational conditions. In general use a non- corrosive, non-chloride accelerator in slabs
placed beleow 50 degrees F.
Use admixtures for water-reducing and set-control in strict col11>liance with manufacturer's directions.
Aoor80ate: Maximum sizes of course aggregate:
Footings: 1-112", unless a smaller size is requested in writing from the Contractor.
Masonry Concrete Fill: 318".
All other: 3/4".
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, FORMS:
Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate worK of other trades.
Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place
and securely support items built into forms. Coordinate with all other trades.
PLACING REINFORCEMENT:
Comply with Concrete Reinforcina Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details
and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.
Clean reinforcement of materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 5
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
Accurately position. support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formworK, construction, or concrete
placement operations. Locate and .support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers,
as required.
Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimJm coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely
tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace
splices with wire. Install fabric on chairs or other approved product to elevate fabric during pour. Offset end laps
in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps In either direction. LIft fabric up with hook to ensure that material
does not lie on grade during placement.
JOINTS:
Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints where shown on the drawing, and If not shown, locate
so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, and as follows:
1. At construction ioints provide dowels with smooth 5/8" diameter by 2'-0" length @ 12" on center, with one end
areased. Use dowls that have been properly made or cut to avoid burs and raised ends.
2. Isolation Joints In Slabs-on-Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-ground at points of contact between
slabs on ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams and elsewhere
as indicated.
3. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-ground to form panels
of patterns as shown, with a maximum joint spacing of 36 times slab thickness at any area. Use Soft-Cut saw
shortly after pour (without dislodging aggregate), and carefully saw cut to a depth of 1-1/4" or to 1/4 of the slab
depth, unless otherwise indicated.
PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES:
Clean re-used forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface
condition throughout the project to maintain consistently good standards.
Coat contact surfaces of forms with specified form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed.
. .
Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained
steel formworK is not acceptable.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwOrK installation, reinforcing steel,
and Items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their worK; cooperate with other
trades In setting such work. Moisten wood forms and base materials immediately before placing concrete where
form coatings are not used.
Notify Architect at least 2 days In advance of each major concrete pour. There shall be no excuses for the lack
of notice, unless the pour is called off due to weather.
CONCRETE WORK,
03310 . 6
'lI iJ,.
~~, .
',ill,.
rl""'.__. I~ '/V ,I. --
.... ~.
,-.,
I :
\
L...I
n
\ I
U
r,
I \
U
c
c
o
n
~
r---
, I
U
rI
I '
L..
Ii
LJ
o
r
Ii
'-'
c
n
LJ
~
L-'
n
l~
c
o
[
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
General: Comply with ACI 304 -Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete", and as herein specif~. Provide ready-mixed type, ASTM C 94 concrete. Deposit concrete
continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened suffi-
ciently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. "a section cannot be placed continuously, provide
construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid
segregation.
Placina Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24" and in a manner
to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each lay~r while preceding
layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. '
Consolidate placed concrete per ACI recommended practices.
Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced
locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and
at least 6" into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators Into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At
each insertion limit duration of Yibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of
reinforcement and other embedded Items without causing segregation of mix.
Placina Concrete Slabs: Just prior to placement, dampen all areas of the base material. Deposit and consolidate
concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section
is completed.
Brina slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff hiahway straiahtedae. Use bull floats or darbies
to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
Maintain reinforcina in proper position during concrete placement operations.
Minimum Cover: Maintain reinforcing during placement to achieve a minimum cover of reinforcing of 1-1/2" at #5
bars or less and 2" cover at 16 to #18 bars.
PLACING CONCRETE IN TEMPERATURE EXTREMES:
Hot Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously irnpair quality and strength of
concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified.
Cover reinforcina steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not
exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete.
Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before concrete is placed. During and after
placement, provide fog spray over, but not directly on concrete.
Use water-reducina retardina admixture (Type D) when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other
adverse placing conditions.
Cool inaredients before mixing to maintain concrete terT1>erature at time of placement. Mixing water may be chilled,
or chopped ice may be used to control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount
of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
Cold Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306. When air temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees,
uniformly heat all mixing ingredients. Provide protection as required when overnight terT1>eratures are expected
to drop below 34 degrees. Do not use any materials that are frozen. Cover slabs and exposed concrete as
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 7
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
required through below freezing temperatures at all times. If temperatures drop below 26 degrees, re-schedule
placement until weather permits. _
Concrete shall be in mixer no more than the maximJm specified. Trucks shall be ordered to return to the plant, with
the load rejected if concrete exceeds this condition.
CONCRETE FINISH:
Smooth Form Finish: For surfaces to be covered with a coating material such as'waterproofing, painting or other
similar system: Obtain as-cast COrlQ"ete surface with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and '
symmetrically with a minirrom of seams. Repair and patch defective areas until acceptable by coating contractor.
MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES:
Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter
specified.
Levelness and flatness:
After screedina. consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not worK surface until ready for floating. Begin
floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of
power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating If area is small or
inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane so that depressions between high spots do not exceed
~O - F,30. Cut clown high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling,
refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed-to-view, and slab surfaces to be
covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint or sealer system.
After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power- driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface
produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling
operation, free of trowel marKs, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a level surface plane so that
depressions between high spots do not exceed tolerances listed below. Grind smooth defects which would
telegraph through applied floor covering system only If acceptable to Architect.
Finishina Tolerances:
Specified overall FF . 30
Specified overall FL. 20
Specified local FF - 20
Specified local FL · 15
Non-SliP Broom Finish: Apply non-slip broom finish to exterior slabs, platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere
as indicated. Provide sample for review by Architect.
Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom
perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 8
Ii .,
IDL!~. . -
" ~'_____".*I,,__II., '. . .11I ,j, ,..".
-."A.a., * ic
n
'--'
n
U
o
n
u
f1
j I
G
r~
\ ;
L..J
Ii
j I
U
r:
) :
1 '
'--'
n
U
o
n
LJ
o
r4
\ I
'-'
~
I '
I :
U
r
L
r
\
U
r
U
n
LJ
c
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
Fine Broom Finish: Provide slightly textured/smooth surface at interior floor slabs. Provide sample for Architect to
review.
-:.
CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION:
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing.
Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days.
..... Perform all of the followina:
1. Initially. 8PDlv dissipatina sealer at all exposed concrete.
Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue
final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final
curing period. Provide dissapating curing compound to interior slabs that are to receive resilient flooring,
carpet, tile or paint coating, and to exterior slabs, walks, and curbs, per manufacturer's recommendations.
2. After the recommended period of time, after the initial dissipating sealer is gone, provide curing and sealing
compound with 30% solids at all floor slabs that remain exposed.
3. Provide blankets on slabs in below freezing temperatures. Use polyethylene moisture cover over interior slab
on grade if required to limit curling, to control evaporation, and to maintain flatness and levelness requirements.
REMOVAL OF FORMS:
Formwork not sUPDortina weiaht of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the worK,
may be removed after cumJlatively curing at not less than 500F (1 OOC) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided
concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection
operations are maintained.
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS:
Fillina-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of worK by other trades, unless
otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein
specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to
complete work.
Grout base plates and foundations as indicated, using specified non-shrink grout. Use non-metallic grout for
exposed conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to Structural Steel section.
Reinforced Masonrv: Provide concrete fill for reinforced masonry lintels, core fills and bond beams where indicated
on drawings and as scheduled. Maintain accurate location of reinforcing steel during concrete placement.
ADJUSTING: CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS:
--
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 9
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4115/95
Patchina Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of
forms, when acceptable to Architect. It shall be up to the Architect if Inferior areas of the worK shall be replaced
rather than repaired: verify with the Architect before proceeding. When areas are to be replaced they shall be done
so within the area up to the nearest control or expansion joint.
Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces If defects cannot be repaired
to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, Include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air
bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that
cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs
secured in place with bonding agent.
Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that affect the durability of concrete. If
defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete.
Repair Isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1" in diameter by dry-pack method. Groove top of cracks
and cut-out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces
and apply bonding compound. Mix dry-pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2- 1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Place dry-pack after
bonding compound has dried. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep
patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.
Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive
mortar.
Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A testing laboratory selected by by the Architect to perform other tests and to submit test reports. This shall be
paid for by the Owner.
Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete shall include at a minimJm for each major
pour: air tests, slumps tests and temperature tests. A major pour shall be 6 yards or more of placed concrete.
Test results will be reported in writing to Architect and Contractor on same day that tests are made. Reports of
compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement,
name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design
compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type
of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
Nondestructive Testina: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall
not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by
Architect. Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted, and any other additional testing as may be required, when
unaccePtable concrete is verified.
END OF SECTION 03310
CONCRETE WORK
03310 . 10
, . ..
..:ar'I.'.-
[ 1.1__",,111 __II,.. ill ,I> '. .iiII'.
........ '"' ,.
n
I '
Li
i1
U
o
h
i I
'-'
-,
! I
1\
LJ
n
\ i
LJ
o
O.
11
I .
\ I
,-I
o
II
LJ
n
\ I
L-..
n
'--'
o
r-1
f i
U
n
U
o
n
'-'
r'1
U
-'"
.-.
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
CONCRETE WORK
03310- 11
till:.
'..
l;: Jrlla
-
... 'JI :.I "l,'
. Al~;~
~.".'.. '. ,~
Ii
--'
n
LJ
Ii
I i
U
n
<-i
!\
U
[i,
U
r
1 '
I \
L-.-
c
n.
u
r-
U
o
r:
LJ
r
~
o
\:
Li
r
\ i .
I '
'-'
r~
f]
'-"
c.
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 04200 . UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes the following masonry related systems, as shown on drawings for both new and existing buildings,
and as specified herein:
CMU masonry wall systems with decorative and standard masonry units.
Reinforcing, flashing and back-up wall systems.
Cement-Lime mortars.
A Pre-construction meetina is reQuired prior to the start of any worK.
RELATED WORK:
Section 01030. Alternates.
Section 03310. Concrete.
Section 07900. Joint Sealers.
Division 16, Electrical (for conduits and boxes installed in block walls)
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 119.
2. Sinole Source Responsibility for Masonry Units and Mortar: Provide all masonry products, with the possible
exception of brick, from a single supplier. Provide uniform texture and color for all masonry units, and a consistent,
uniform blend of mortar from one manufacturer for each product.
3. Installation Contractor reauirements: Installer shall have a minirTlJm of five successful years of installing block
and decorative block installations similar to this project.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's produd data for all masonry produds, including but not limited to reinforcing,
masonry anchors, flashing, mortar and masonry products.
2. Tests Reports: Provide tests for products specified, from a certified testing laboratory, in accordance with UBC
chapter 24.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
3. Shop Drawinas: Provide reinforcement and detail shop drawings as necessary. Provide a layout drawing for
signage worK performed on the glazed masonry units, for approval by the Architect and Owner (scale to be 1/4 size
of larger).
4. Samples: Provide the following to the Architect's office are at job site:
1) Section of each decorative/splltfaC8 block sample unit, for review.
2) Full range of color mortar samples.
5. Pre-Construction Meetina: Contractor shall arrange a meeting with masonry contractor, suppliers, job
superintendent, Architect and other applicable trades. Prior to any worK takina place. this meetina shall be pre- '
arranaed with the Architect to review submittals. conditions. procedures and other reauirements. Contractor shall
take minutes of the meeting.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING:
Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition.
Store and handle masonry units to preyent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes,
contaminants, corrosion or other causes.
Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover and in dry location.
Store aaareaates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained.
r,
U
n,
....J
n
u
r
LJ
n
~
n
LJ
C-
O
n
L.i
r-;
I !,
Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent deterioration by corrosion and accumulation of dirt. L
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Protection of Work: During erection, cover top of walls with heavy waterproof sheeting caps or other
waterproof barrier at end of each day's work. Cover panlally completed structures when work Is not In
progress.
Stainina: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove
immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry.
Protect base of walls, sills and projections from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter.
Cold Weather Protection:
Do not lay masonry units which are wet or frozen.
Remove any Ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to the touch.
Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions.
Perform the following construction procedures while the worK is progressing. Temperature ranges indicated below
apply to air temperatures existing at time of installation except for grout. For grout, temperature ranges apply to
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 2
" I. .
;t~l',
.,t ~ Iii"
-ti:-;:illl'l... ,..:2:1 I.~
.s.. r
r
I
\ !
'--
D
n
LJ
r
L,
u
r
\ I
'-'
n
I "
U
[
n
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
-
anticipated miniroom night temperatures. In heating mortar and grout materials, maintain mixing temperature
selected within 100F (6"C).
400F (40C) to 32"F (OOC):
M2!E!:: Heat mixing water to produce mortar temperature between 400F (40C) and 1200F (490C).
Grout: Follow normal masonry procedures.
32"F (OOC) to 250F (-4OC):
-
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 400F (40C) and 1200F
(490C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 900F (3~C) to produce inplace grout temperature of 700F (210C) at end of
worK day.
250F (-4OC) to 200F (-'?C):
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 400F (40C) and 1200F
(490C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 900F (3~C) to produce inplace grout temperature of 700F (210C) at end of
worK day.
Heat both sides of walls under construction using salamanders or other heat sources.
Use windbreaks or enclosures when wind is in excess of 15 mph.
200F (-'?DC) and below:
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 400F (40C) and 1200F
(490C).
Grout: Heat grout materials to 900F (320C) to produce inplace grout temperature of 700F (210C) at end of
worK day.
Masonry Units: Heat masonry units so that they are above 200F (-'?DC) at time of laying.
,.....
Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain an air temperature of at least 400F (40C) for 24 hours after
laying units.
Do not heat water for mortar and grout to above 1600F (710C).
Protect completed masonry and masonry not being worKed on in the following manner. Temperature ranges
indicated apply to mean daily air temperatures except for grouted masonry. For grouted masonry temperature
ranges apply to anticipated minimum night temperatures.
400F (40C) to 320F (OOC):
Protect masonry from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with weather-resistive membrane.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
3Z'F (OOC) to 250F (-4OC):
Completely cover masonry with weather-resistive membrane for at least 24 hours.
250F (-4OC) to 200F FrC):
Completely cover masonry with weather-reslstive Insulating blankets or similar protection for at least 24
hours, 48 hours for grouted masonry.
200F (-'r'C) and below:
Except as otherwise indicated, maintain masonry temperature above 3Z'F (OOC) for 24 hours using
enclosures and supplementary heat, electric heating blankets, infrared larJ1)s or other methods proven to
be satisfactory. For grouted masonry maintain heated enclosure to 400F (40C) for 48 hours.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MATERIALS:
Standard Concrete Block: Provide type N-1, ASTM C 90 autoclave units in shapes and sizes as required including
corners, bond beams, lintels, etc. Provide standard natural color units where painting Is indicated and pre-colored
units at the exterior surfaces shown on the drawings. Architect shall select two colors from the manufacturer's
standard range of colors.
Manufacturer shall be Shiely Masonry Products Co., Anchor Block Co., or approved equal.
Decorative Concrete Block: Provide glazed, burnished and rock-faced units in shapes and sizes as required per
the following requirements:
Rock Faced Masonry Units: Provide preshrunk units that conform to ASTM C-90, Grade N, type 1, cured
by autoclave process, with masonry prism strength as shown on Structural Drawings. Units shall be
manufacturer's standard split-face or rock face type units including all sizes, corner units as required.
Architect shall select from manufacturer's standard colors. Two colors shall be selected.
Provide units made bY Shiely Masonry Products, Anchor Block Company or approved equal.
MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS:
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
HYdrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Aaareaates for Mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than 1/4" use aggregate graded with 100% passing the
No. 16 sieve.
Provide colored mortar materials in two colors as selected by the Architect. Cement-lime mortar shall be
factory mixed type with a consistent coloration throughout. Provide products by Spec-Mix, Tamms,
Rockwood Industries, or Shiely Masonry Products.
AQoreaate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 4
J ,I
_._.B~':;"
',~'~ 'W'.......,.",,""', lll~!... II.".' .
"'II' ... "II! "
{I,
I..J
r
\ '
-.J
r
i i
\ I
~
n
\ i
L
n
I )
U
II
u.
n
1 '
L..!
o
n
LJ
r-
I I
I..-.i
n
U
D
o
n '
1 \
U
o
II
r~
U
n
'-"
n I
LJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Water: Clean, and potable.
JOINT REINFORCEMENT. TIES AND ANCHORING DEVICES:
Hot-DiD Galvanized Steel Wire: ASTM A 82 for uncoated wire and with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 (1.5 oz. per sq.
ft. of wire surface) for zinc coating applied after prefabrication into units.
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Carbon steel with zinc coating complying with ASTM A 525, Coating
Designation G90.
__ Joint Reinforcement: Provide welded-wire ladder type units prefabricated with deformed continuous (0.1483" d.)
side rods and plain cross rods (0.1483" d.) into straight lengths of not less than 10', with prefabricated corner and
tee units. Space perpendiculars not to be more than 16" o.C.
Anchor Bolts: Provide steel bolts with hex nuts and flat washers complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A, hot-dip
galvanized to comply with ASTM C 153, Class C, in sizes and configurations indicated.
APproved Reinforcement Manufacturers:
"....
M Wire Products Co.
Dur-O-Wall, Inc.
Heckmann Building Products, Inc.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America.
National Wire Products Corp.
CONCEALED FLASHING MATERIALS:
Flexible Flashina: Flexible flashing of 40 mil EPDM sheet to remain flexible and waterproof, as warranted and
recommended by the manufacturer for installation in masonry systems.
Adhesives for flashina: As recommended by the manufacturer.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES:
Reinforcina Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 615, Grade 60 for bars NO.3 to No. 18.
Non-Metallic Expansion Joint Strips: Premolded, flexible cellular neoprene rubber filler strips complying with ASTM
D 1056, Grade RE41 E1, capable of compression up to 35%, of width and thickness indicated.
Premolded Control Joint Strips: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain
lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated.
Styrene-butadiene rubber compound complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation 2M-805.
Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt
felt).
-'
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 5
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Weep holes: Cotton cords, Initially extended 1" beyond masonry: cut off cord at wall face after completion of the
worK.
INSULATION:
Loose aranular perlite insulation: ASTM C 549, type II or type IV, expanded perlite with r-value of 3.0 (+/-0.1) for
4.1 to 7.4 lb. density.
This shall be provided at all areas that are not filled/reinforced.
MASONRY CLEANERS:
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Use weakest formulation of solution of trisodium phosphate, laundry detergent and
water to successfully do the job. Prefaced and burnished block manufacturer shall approve of solution and methods
used. Provide products from ProSoCo, SureClean or other approved manufacturer.
Note: Use extreme care In cleaning walls to develop a solution that does not stain mortar or cause
streaking on block.
MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES:
General: Do not add admixtures Including coloring pigments, air- entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water
repellent agents, antI-freeze compounds or any other admixtures, unless approved by the Architect in writing. Do
not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
In aeneral, mortar mix shall inherently contain between 5% and 8% air.
Mixina: Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious, water and aggregates in a mechanical batch mixer; comply with
referenced ASTM standards for mixing time and water content. Use mixing boxes or another precise method of
mixing ingredients.
Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, for types of mortar required, unless
otherwise indicated. Provide the strength and type of mortar appropriate for the conditions. Provide the weakest
type of mortar without effecting bond strength or necessary compressive strength of the masonry walls. The
strength of the mortar shaU In no cases exceed 80% of the compressive strength of the masonry units.
Limit cementltious materials in mortar to portland cement and lime. Masonry cement products or mixtures
shall not be used on this project.
Typically. use Type S mortar for the project except where indicated. Provide Type M mortar below grade.
Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION. GENERAL:
Do not prewet or use wet concrete masonry units. If using power saws to cut units, allow sufficient time to dry out.
All stone units shall arrive at the site pre-dressed or pre-cut.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 6
.~. . .
_i~~,>
1,1 '~! ..__.....,..[:1.11.'....... . ~" _
__WJ
n
U
n
L1
,.-,
, 1
I I
U
n
u
o
II
L..
n
u
r
t !
U
o
r-:- ..
r '
LJ
{I
u
c
ti
i i
LJ
n
I !
~
n,
U
n
-...J
11
U
o
n
\ I
W
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Cleanino Reinforcina: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from reinforcing.
~
Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls, floors and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown.
Build chases and recesses as shown or required. 00 not exceed four courses without providing required mortar
and vertical reinforcement.
Install masonry anchors and reinforcing/ladder systems per the manufacturer's instructions. Two piece masonry
veneer anchors shall be installed over building paper or waterproofing, at 16" o.c. vertically and hQrizontally, making
sure that there is allowable movement in all directions.
Coordinate the installation of masonry work with all other trades to ensure that conduits, pipes and other built-in
items are included, and the worK proceeds smoothly.
Cut masonry units using motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. "water saws are used, wait
until masonry units have sufficiently dried out prior to erection.
Install flexible flashina at areas shown on the drawings and at all areas as required including lintels, sills, copings,
terminations and similar conditions. At terminations, corners, splices or overlaps, adhere flashing to one another
and provide an 8" minimum overlap to prevent water from migrating into the cavity.
At the end of each work day, securely cover all cavities to prohibit rain water from entering the masonry
construction.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES:
Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arrises do not exceed 1/8" in 10', or
3/16" in a story height not to exceed 20', nor 1/4" in 40' or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control
joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/8" in any story or 20' maximum, nor 1/4" in 40' or more. For
vertical alignment of head joints do not exceed plus or minus in 10', 1/4" maximum.
Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other
conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/8" in any bay or 20 maximum, nor 1/4" in 40' or more. For top surface of
bearing walls do not exceed 118" between adjacent floor elements in 10' or 1/16" within width of a single unit. '
Variation of Linear Buildina Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls and partitions,
do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 1/2" in 40' or more.
Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not
exceed plus or minus 1/4".
Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Do not exceed bed joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 118,
with a maximum thickness limited to 112". Do not exceed head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus
1/8".
LAYING MASONRY WALLS:
Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and to accurately
locate opening, movement-type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of Iess- than-half-size units at corners,
jambs and whenever possible at other locations.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 7
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Stoppino and Resumina WorK: Rake back 1/2-unlt length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces
of set masonry, wet units lightly (if. required) and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh
mortar.
Fill all exterior cavities of block units with pour-in Insulation. Fill units at regular intervals. Do not exceed more than
8 courses of block, without filling cavities.
MORTAR BEDDING. TOOLING AND JOINTING:
Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed webs in
mortar in starting course on footings and In all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells '
or cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or groutl For starting course on footings where cells are not
grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells.
TOOLING AND JOINTS:
Cut joints flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, and at cavity walls
to receive waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated.
Cut joints flush at all interior, decorative unit masonry. At all exterior masonry joints use a slightly concave jointer,
larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated, for a slightly concave joint. all horizontal joints shall be cut
back 3/4" and provided with backer rod and sealant.
Collar Joints: After each course is laid, fill in vertical longitudinal joint between wythes solidly and with mortar for
the following masonry worK:
Mortar that is exposed to view shall be retefT1)8red only once. In all cases, mortar color shall remain consistent
or shall be subject to removal and repointing at no additional cost to the Owner.
STRUCTURAL BONDING OF MULTI-WYTHE MASONRY:
Use continuous horizontal joint reinforcement installed 16" o.c. vertically. Stagger reinforcing alternately so that
eyes for anchors are 8" on center, off the vertical. Insert metal masonry anchors into eyes at 16" on center.
Intersectina Load-bearina Walls: If carried up separately, block or tooth vertical joint with 8" maximum offsets and
provide rigid steel anchors spaced not more than 4'-0" o.c. vertically, or omit blocking and provide rigid steel
anchors at not more than 2'-0" o.c. vertically. Form anchors of galvanized steel not less than 1-112" x 1/4" x 2'~0"
long with ends turned up not less than 2" or with cross-pins. If used with hollow masonry units, embed ends in
reinforced and mortar-filled cores.
CAVITY WALL INSULATION
Pour oranular insulation into block cavities at areas specified or shown on the drawings. Fall limit shall not exceed
8' in height per pour.
HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT:
General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated and required.
Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 8
::; . n
_i:.,.f,
..a". j1
.~I I. _1 -",~.!'m.. _. . II i ; ji Q-
r
i
LJ
o
n
Ll
n
U
n
w
n
L
n
1 \ .
LJ
r
U
o
n
I I
LJ
n
1 I
LJ
D
~
\ ,
L.i
rl.
Lj
n
1 i
Ll
o
1\
u
r-;
1 ,
U
n
I i
'--
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Reinforce walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcing unless specifically noted to be omitted. Overlap joint
reinforcement a mini room of 7".
Provide continuity at comers and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend
reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe
enclosures and other special conditions.
For parapets. space reinforcement at 8" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
Reinforce masonry openinas greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcement placed in 2 horizontal joints
approximately 8" apart, immediately above the lintel and immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcement a
minimum of 2'- 0" beyond jambs of the opening except at control joints.
In addition to wall reinforcement, provide additional reinforcement at openings as required to comply with
the above.
Coordinate Placement of vertical placement shown on the drawings.
CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS:
General: Provide vertical and horizontal expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry where shown. Build-in
related items as the masonry worK progresses.
Build flanoes of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4" in direction of water flow. Seal joints below
grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any.
Build-in non-metallic joint filler where indicated.
Build in horizontal pressure relievina ioints where indicated; construct joints by either leaving an air space or
inserting non- metallic compressible joint filler of width required to permit installation of sealant and backer rod.
Vertical control joints shall extend a minimum of 8" below grade.
LINTELS:
Install steel lintels where indicated. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-
0" for brick size units and 2'-0" for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels.
Provide precast or formed-in-place masonry lintels.
,.-
For hollow concrete masonry unit walls, use specially formed U- shaped lintel units with 2-#5 reinforcement
bars placed as shown filled with coarse grout.
Provide minimum bearing of 8" at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Owner shall employ a testing laboratory experienced in performing types of masonry field quality control tests and
inspection services for masonry tests indicated, and to perform additional tests as required.
Testino Company shall repOrt test results in writing and in form specified under each test method, to Architect and
Contractor.
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 9
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
REPAIR. POINTING. AND CLEANING:
General: As soon as masonry walls are completed remove excess mortar extending out from joints, and wipe off
smears ar surfaces to minimize the extend and Intensity of final cleaning. All worK should be lightly cleaned with
simple equipment at the end of each day.
Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units
do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar
or grout, pointed and glazed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
Pointina: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar.
Point- up all joints including comers, openings and adjacent worK to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared
for application of sealants.
Final Cleanina: After mortar Is set and cured, clean masonry under proper climatic conditions as follows:
Perform test samples using solutions or specified products that shall remove all excess mortar and smears
without damaging the masonry, nor discoloring the mortar.
Saturate walls as reQuired prior to cleanina. Follow procedures for cleaning brick as descnbed in "
Technical Note #20, Revised", by the BIA. Clean concrete masonry according to NCMA "Tek" bulletins.
Protect all surfaces from other trades and construction related activities until ready for use by the Owner and/or
completion of all of the WorK.
After walls have been cleaned. the roofs covered and buildings enclosed, coordinate the application of waterproof
sealer, found in a Division 7 section.
END OF SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
04200 . 10
, ~..
--""'-i.L~,
~.',~, .. ~1DE ' JLZ...... :. I 1 ii. i'I'B
-,':_'1" it'
r-"
I I
U
~
1
; I
1 '
1 I,
L_
r
J
n
U
o
o
n
u
fll .
U
r.
I I
, I
1 ,
'--~
o
o
n
U '
n
u
o
N
1; .
U
,'--',
1 I
I !
w
n
u
1"""1
I I
, I
U
n
I i
LJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 05500- METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
-
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division
1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
SUMMARY
This section contains miscellaneous metal and steel section fabrications. including the following:
Steel angles, beams and columns.
Miscellaneous rough hardware.
Stainless steel counters at Concessions Building.
Supports at counters.
Supports for lighting and mechanical equipment.
All steel exposed to the elements shall be aalvanized.
RELATED WORK:
Section 04200. Unit Masonrv.
Section 06100. Rouah Carpentry.
Section 09900. Paintina.
DEFINITIONS
Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing-related terms apply to this section.
SUBMITTALS
,.-
Submit the followina to the Architect:
1. Product data for all products.
.--
2. Shop drawinos including plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections.
Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates to the Contractor for anchors and bolts specified for
installation under other sections.
3. Samples as requested by Architect, including stainless steel.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Qualify weldina processes and weldino operators in accordance with AWS D1.1.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify field dimensions and conditions. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delay of Work.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
Ferrous Metal Surfaces. General: Exposed materials shall be free of pitting, seam marKs" roller marKs, rolled
trade names, roughness, and other variations.
Steel Plates. ShaDes. and Bars: ASTM A 36, in the form of I, W, T, and other sections as shown on the drawings.
Stainless Steel: Provide stainless steel sheets, AlSI type 3021304, and bar stock, ASTM A 276, in brushed/satin
finish. Sheets shall be minimum of 12 gage, formed and reinforced as required.
Brackets. Fiances and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as supported rails,
unless otherwise indicated.
Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable Iron, ASTM A 47, or
cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153.
Weldino Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be
welded.
GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, ferrous aggregate grout complying with CE CRD-C 621,
specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy duty loading applications of type specified in this section,
from one the following:
"Hi Mod Grout"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Embeco 885 and 636"; Master Builders.
"Ferrolith G Redi-Mix and G-NC"; Sonneborn Building Products
Note: Contractor may provide corf1)arable non-metallic type from the same list of manufacturers.
FASTENERS
General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the
type, grade, and class required.
Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A.
Lao Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561.
Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92:
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 . 2
'"Ii jI . ,.
!h Jj, iiIi ..-. r .i.iIJUI ...... . iii -..
.~.'.'''''
.,,~
r:
\ :
~
n
, ,
, i
LJ
n
I :
W
r:
H
u
r
, i
LJ
r:
LJ
n
U
n
I i
....~
r
L
[
o
o
ri
L
n
I i
U
r:
I :
'-'
r'1
U
r
\
L,
n
L.:
n
L
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111.
Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.
Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors cof11)lying with FS FF-S-325, Group VIII (anchors, expansion,
[nondrilling)), Type I (internally threaded tubular expansion anchor); and machine bolts complying with FS FF-B-
575, Grade 5.
Toaale Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class, and style as required.
Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.
PAINT
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Mfgr's standard, fast-curing, lead-free, modified alkyd primer coplying with FS TT-
P-645.
Galvanizina Repair Paint: Where applicable by County codes, provide high zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing
welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with
DOD-P-21035 or SSPC- Paint-20.
Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12 except containing no asbestos
fibers.
CONCRETE FILL AND REINFORCING MATERIALS
Concrete Materials and Properties: Refer to "Concrete" section and provide 2,500 psi(min. 28 day test), 440 lb.
cement per cu. ft. minimum, and W/C ratio of 0.58 maximum, unless higher strengths indicated.
FABRICATION. GENERAL
Form metal fabrications. worKing to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of
fabrication and support.
Form exposed worK true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges.
Allow for thermal movement consistent with Temperature extremes in the Lake Minnetonka area of Minnesota.
Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
Ease exposed edaes to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners
to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing worK.
Weld corners and seams per AWS recommendations.
Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible.
Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat- head (countersunk) screws or bolts.
Locate joints where least conspicuous.
r-
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Shop Assembly: Preassemble to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping.
Cut. reinforce. drill and tap miscellaneous metal worK as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar
items.
Fabricate ioints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water
may accumulate.
Provide all metal and steel products as shown on the drawings and as required for corf1)letion of all the work, that
are not Included in other sections within this specification. The following subcategories are listed as a general guide
for fabricating common components on this project.
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
Fumish and fabricate bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as
required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodworK to concrete or other
structures.
Provide loose bearina and levellno plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction with drill
plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication.
Provide steel framina and SUPDOrts for applications indicated and required to complete worK.
Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive adjacent other
construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and
steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to
receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
Fabricate relievina anales and lintels from steel of sizes indicated.
Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete framing.
Furnish wedae-tvP8 concrete Inserts. complete with fasteners, for attachment of shelf angles to cast-in-
place concrete.
Provide SUPDOrts for various eQuipment where shown on the drawings. At all visible locations weld and fully grind
surfaces to be smooth and blemish free.
Provide other supports and anchors for mechanical equipment, electrical equipment and other items where
shown.
Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated.
FINISHES
Galvanlzlna: All steel that Is scheduled to be exposed to the elements, shall be galvanized prior to shipment. For
those items required or indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc-coating by the hot-dip process compliance with the
following requirements:
ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 . 4
: I 'IE
_::'?
..1 fl. 1I ~
_.'1!!!D'1.. .. .. J! .I !, ""'.
.'..11 f
,-,
, ,
1 I
L_
n
I '
I :
L..J
r
!
i ,
W'
:--
\
L
o
rl
U
[
.....,
: :1
I I
L
"
\ I
\ '
'--'
[
r
I
\ ,
L
c
\
L
r
L:
o
r
L
[
,.-.
I
I
'---'
Ii
'-'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and steel products made of uncoated
rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and heavier.
ADply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finish or to be
embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with
requirements of SSPC-PA1 "Paint Application Specification No.1" for shop painting.
-
After installation. weldina and arindina. touch-up all areas where the primer has been removed. Remove all signs
of rust and damage.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Coordinate and fumish anchoraaes, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for
installation of anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having
integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such
items to project site.
INSTALLATION. GENERAL
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing
miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry
inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required.
Cutting. Fittina. and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous
metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and
surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
Provide temporary bracina or anchors in formworK for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar
construction.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left
as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or
abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are
intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
,.-
Field Weldina: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and
quality of welds made.
Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete,
masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint or zinc chromate primer.
Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to
surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates.
Set loose leveling and bearina plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members
have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but If protruding,
cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 . 5
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Use either tvPe of nonshrink orout In concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use
nonmetallic nonshrink grout In exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated.
Do not place orout when ovemight temperatures are expected to drop below freezing, If left unprotected.
Pack orout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.
Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at intervals not to
exceed 40 feet. Provide slip joint with internal sleeve extending 2 Inches beyond joint on either side; fasten
internal sleeve securely to one side; locate joint within 6 inches of post.
Remove oalvnized coatinas within 4" of any field weld location prior to making weld. After field welds are complete
and inspected, cold galvanize remaining area.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Touch-Up Paintina: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified In Division 9 Section "Painting" of these specifications.
For oalvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint
to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 . 6
,if.,.
:a,Ji:~qfi
iJ iI .,-
",,;i1ITWi_.. E :li ,;Ilr: l' U_
-. ... .J:_
i'
, 1
n
U
fl
\ \
G
I">
I I
U
r-.
i i
, \
U
r
LJ
,.....,
i I
I I .
"-"
n
1 II
U
Ii
t '
U
r"'
! I
I \
u
n
; \
u
,n
U
,...,
\ .
LJ
n.
u
r"',
! j
i I
LJ
n
U
n
I \ I
U
fl
) ,
U
----
I '
i I
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
SUMMARY:
Section includes installation of the following:
Wood framing, trim, door bucks and furring.
Wood rafters.
Wood boards and trim.
Decking at roofs.
Wood plywood ceilings and surfaces.
Dimension lumber.
Pre-fabricated, pre-engineered wood trusses.
Section includes furnishino the followino wood systems and related materials:
Wood studs, trim boards and related wood systems.
Plywood panels and decking.
Wood rafters.
Wood boards and trim.
Wood trusses.
Fasteners, brackets, plates and accessories.
RELATED WORK:
Section 06200. Finish Carpentry.
~
DEFINITIONS:
Rouoh carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed,
except as otherwise indicated. This worK is generally structural or related to exterior wood finishes and systems.
For interior worK and countertops, refer to finish carpentry.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product data: Provide manufacturer's standard product data for proprietary products.
2. Roof Truss Related: Provide standard technical data, shop drawings and certification of design. Drawings shall
be certified by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Minnesota. Shop drawings shall indicate
configuration, span, design values, anchorages and special conditions.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
3. Shop Drawinas: Provide elevations, sections and details for all special wood products including but not limited
to doors, louvers, trellis component$, and details for the various buildings.
PRODUCT HANDLING:
Delivery and Storaoe: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with
dafT1) or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and
around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Coordination: Fit carpentry wori( to other worK; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers,
blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow attachment of other worK.
Trusses shall be desianed and manufactured in compliance with specifications and standards of the Truss Plate
Institute (TPI). Manufacturer shall be a member in good standing of the TPI and participate in the TPI sponsored
quality control program or provide acceptable evidence of quality control in accordance with TPI.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
LUMBER, GENERAL:
Lumber Standards: Manufacture lumber to COfT1)1y with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with
applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board
of Review.
Dimension Lumber: Provide 2 x framing up to 6" width of "standard" grade lumber, using materials that are relatively
true, square and free of any structural Imperfections or weaknesses. All structural framing, including floor joists and
rafters shall be Number 2 grade, hem-fir (north) materials, unless a greater grade or species is specified on the
drawings. Studs shall be "Construction grade or better: if SPF material is used, discard members that contain
excess knots, are twisted or otherwise unsuitable. SPF shall be used only for non-load bearing conditions.
Provide wood for suPPOrt or attachment of other worK including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant
strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar members.
Moisture content: 19 percent maximJm for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment.
MATERIALS:
Framina and blockina: Refer to structural drawings for species and sizes.
Structural members: Hem-fir (north) NO.2.
Non-structural Framino and furrina: SPF. Sizes as required.
Wood Trim and Boards: No.2 or better cedar in sizes and lengths as shown on the drawings. Cedar boards shall
be used at all locations where wood is exposed to weather. Note that the bid shall include a select grade of #2
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 . 2
c. "" Ii ,a
'.
r:: ,.11. .ZI~ji"il.__..a;Ji II 11 .
"'..A.l ,
ki~~:: "
r-i
L~
j--:
) I,
--.J
n
u
~
! I
U
n
LJ
n
U
,......
I '
I I
LJ
11
LJ
J\
I i
u
n
u
r--,
; I
i I
L.,..;
,..-"
~ i
I \
L-
f"'
, I
U!
n
U
n
U
n
I '
, \
, I
'-..J
n
u
n
I \
U
II
, '
'-
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
cedar: contractor/installer shall allow for waste of the material during installation and discard all boards with
excessive checking or knots greate( than 1/2" in diamter.
Plywood Panels Deckina: APA rated, 4' by 8' panels of exterior glue laminated fir plys, in thicknesses shown on
the drawings. At locations where plywood is exposed to view, provide AC plywood, and CDX at all other structural
conditions. Note: composition boards, strand boards, wafferboards and related products are not allowed on this
project.
Provide 5/8" thick CDX plywood at roof deck conditions, and 3/8" AC plywood at exposed ceilings, soffits
and wall conditions.
Fasteners and Anchoraaes: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable
standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and
anchoring devices. Provide pre- fabricated metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type indicated or
recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommended nails. All connection material shall be
galvanized.
Where rough carpentry worK is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity,
provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153).
Provide special plywood clips used to connect and support sheets at panel joints at roof decking locations.
Wood Trusses: Provide pre-engineered, pre-manufactured wood trussed with metal connector plates and
accessories as follows:
,....
SPF arade (NLGA) for wood members.
Fb (Fiber bendina): 1800 psi.
E (modulus of elasticitY): 1.800.000 psi.
Hot-dip galvanized or aluminum-zinc coated sheet connectors.
Fasteners and Anchors: As recommended by the manufacturer.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION. GENERAL:
Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of worK, and units which are too small to use in
fabricating worK with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
,..-
Set carpentry worK to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted.
Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized
standards.
Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.
Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size
that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make
tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; pre-drill as required.
WOOD DECKING. NAILERS. PANELS. BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS:
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other worK. Form to shapes as shown
and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other worK involved.
Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formworK
before concrete placement.
Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of
finished worK.
Correct and replace any wall or surfaces that are not acceptable to installers and suppliers of finish walls.
PRE-ENGINEERED TRUSSES AND COMPONENTS:
Install trusses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and standard Industry practices. Set units securely,
using temporary bracing as necessary. Coordinate delivery and installation so that panels and subsequent roofing
worK can follow shortly after placement.
Install solid wood deckina. trusses. beams. fastenina devices and other compOnents. per the manufacturer's
instructions.
END OF SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 . 4
, : I.
-
-"'~.J..
:;1.
_ ~l.lll
...,~ :it i; .-
..... ."... . '~=
u
~
I !
L...;
[I
I :
w
n
U
n\
----!
n
I i
L
n
I i
U
r
u
rl
'0
n
, \
U
n
i i
Li
n
! i
U
,""'
I '
, I
U
n
U i
n
! (
........
il
i \
'-..i
Ii
, I
~~
n
! i
u
"
: I
LJ
,-
,.-
,.-
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 06200 . FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Definition: Finish carpentry includes carpentry work which is exposed to view, is non-structural, and which is not
specified as part of other sections.
Section includes caroentrv labor worK, particularly the installation of Items specified in this and other other sections,
including, but not necessarily limited to the following:
Corian countertops.
Plastic laminate countertops.
Hollow metal doors and frames.
Special Doors and accessories.
Cabinets and shelving.
Hardware.
Fiberglass reinforced panels.
Fire extinguisher cabinets.
Misc. Caulking.
Other items normally installed by the carpentry trade.
Refer to 06400. Architectural Millwork for specified wood/plastic materials to be installed by finish carpenters.
RELATED WORK:
Rouah carpentry is specified in Section 06100.
Architectural WoodworK is specified in Section 06400.
Hardware is specified in Section 08710.
Sealants are specified in Section 07900.
Section 08375. Special Doors.
Finishina is specified in Section 09900, Painting.
SUBMITTALS:
Refer to other sections includina Architectural Millwork for submittal requirements.
PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Protect finish carpentry materials during storage and while handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration.
FINISH CARPENTRY
06200 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Do not deliver finish carpentry materials, until painting, wet worK, grinding and similar operations which could
damage, soil or deteriorate woodworK have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforeseen
circumstances, finish carpentry materials mJst be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting
requirements specified for installation areas.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Conditionina: Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for finish carpentry
installation areas. Do not install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative humidity have been
stabilized and will be maintained in Installation areas.
Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as required to maintain moisture content of installed finish
carpentry within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimJm moisture content, from date of installation through remainder
of construction period. The fabricator of woodworK shall determine optimum moisture content and required
temperature and humidity conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
Fasteners and Anchoraoes: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the type, size, material and finish
required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible, complying with
applicable Federal Specifications.
Where finish carpentry is exposed on exterior or in areas of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and
anchorages with a hot-dipped zinc coating (ASTM A 153).
Adhesives and olues: As recommended by the manufacturer for permanently bonding and securing the materials
included within this specification including contact cement, wood glue, and bonding adhesive.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION:
Condition wood materials to average prevailing humidity condtions in installation areas prior to installing.
Backprime/seal and edoe seal lumber for stained finish. Comply with requirements of section on painting within
Division 9 for primers and their application.
INSTALLATION:
Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned
or too small to fabricate worK with minimJm of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective
manufaCturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns.
Install the worK plumb. level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install
to a tolerance of 118" in 8'-0" for plumb and level countertops; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining 118"
maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces.
FINISH CARPENTRY
06200 - 2
,~ it .
"'.", J' i. .~[. -..-... H",__li I ill:ll ,h. OlD.
'~ I'" .
Mi,j.i..'1ii .,
fl
U
.-,
r i
u
G
U
r
( I
U
o
n
I I
L.;
r~
)
L-I
{"l
U
n
u
fl
u
n
\ I
U
,....,
\ \
L
r,
f i
I I
r
i
\...J
o
n
u
I-
I \
LJ
n
U
! i
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Scribe and cut worK to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.
Standina and Runnina Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum
length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope
at returns, miter at corners, to produce tight fitting joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. Use
scarf joints for end-to-end joints.
Make exterior joints water-resistant by careful fitting.
Anchor finish caI'Dentrv work to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure
to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a
complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nail for
exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where transparent is
indicated. Install trim or paneling in the direction indicated on the drawings.
ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING. FINISHING AND PROTECTION:
Repair damaaed and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually;
where not possible to repair properly, replace woodworK. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
Clean finish caI'Dentrv worK on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch-up shop-applied finishes to restore
damaged or soiled areas.
""'""
Protection: Installer of finish carpentry worK shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions
necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
06200 . 3
J&' I"
, '~
w i':, ~~ ,.__ "~IIl!._.. II i ~ " g--
...'....!
!'
l__
o
r
1 !
U
n
I \
L-J
r;
I j
w
n
~
n
J II .
L,
r
i
LJ
o
n
LJ
n
LJ
n
, I
LJ
n
I \
~
n
I I .
U
n
\
L,
o
n
U
il
U
---
II i
1 :
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 06400 . ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections. apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Definition: Architectural Woodwork or Millwork includes plastic laminate products, Corian-type products, cabinets,
hardware, trim that is exposed to view, is non-structural, and which is not specified as part of other sections. This
section is primarily related to millwork and materials, and not installation.
Section includes architectural woodwork and related carpentry items as follows:
Plastic laminate countertops.
Cabinets and shelving.
Corian-type countertops, bowls and surfaces.
Fiberglass reinforced panels.
Hardware for shutters, shelves, cabinets and related items.
Other trim and minor items.
RELATED WORK:
Rouah Carpentry is specified in Section 06100.
Finish Carpentry is specified in Section 06200: this is primarily for installation.
Finish Hardware is specified in Section 08710.
Sealants are specified in Section 07900.
Finishing is specified in Section 09900, Painting.
SUBMITTALS:
~
1. Submit full range of plastic laminate colors available for selection.
2. Submit profiles or sections of wood sections and millworK for approval, including:
Plastic laminate samples.
Corian samples, including all colors within price range of selected option.
Fiberglass panel section.
Hardware, as requested by Architect.
3. Submit complete shop drawinas of all millwork and accessories, .including reception desk/counter, trim profiles,
cabinets, all hardware and any special trim. Be sure to show attachment and back-up materials.
4. Corian-type fabricator and installer shall be certified by the manufacturer: provide certification.
ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK
06400 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Protect millworK materials during storage and while handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration.
Do not deliver millworK materials, until painting, wet worK, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil
or deteriorate woodworK have been COf11)leted In Installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, finish
carpentry materials must be stored In other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements
specified for installation areas.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Conditionina: Installer shall advise Contractor' of temperature and humidity requirements for finish carpentry
installation areas. Do not Install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative humidity have been
stabilized and will be maintained In installation areas.
Maintain temoerature and humiditY In installation area as required to maintain moisture content of installed finish
carpentry within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, from date of Installation through remainder
of construction period. The fabricator of woodworK shall determine optimum moisture content and required
temperature and humidity conditions.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
Plastic Laminate and Related Materials:
Provide custom arade. high pressure laminate per NEMA LD3, and AWl 400 laminate cladding with a
nominal thickness of 0.050". Mount plastic laminate on plywood In thicknesses and sizes indicated.
Products shall be quality, dimensionally stable materials suitable for use as countertops, sills and other trim
products.
Provide plastic laminate countertops with straight backsplashes and square front edge design.
Cabinets and shelving shall be made of plastic laminate including all doors, rails, base and upper cabinets,
edges, sides and shelves. ProYlde two adjustable shelves at each cabinet. Include all hinges, door glides,
door lock, pulls of brushed stainless steel (wire puR design with 3" length), brackets and other items
necessary for a complete installation. Provide brushed chrome hardware except as noted: verify this with
Architect.
At the concessions area. provide laminate surfaces at all exposed and non-exposed surfaces to meet
current health codes. Include stainless steel bases at the base supports as required by code.
Corian: Countertops: At the main counter surface of the concessions area, interior and exterior, proYide high
performance acrylic sheets cut and assembled to sized shown. Provide 112" typical thickness, on 5/8" thick
plywood, except if a greater thickness is required for structural integrity. Architect shall choose anyone of up to
five color options. Provide .Corian" by Dupont, unless an alternate manufacturer's color is approved in advance
by the Architect.
Shutter Hardware: Include Industrial grade non-corrosive hardware for complete operation of all shutter, including
hinges and holder brakcets, where shutters are shown on the drawings: submit items in shop drawing submittal.
ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK
06400 2
Ji.,j.a
!;, Ii :':i' G lldl.I--~.II._..,..." I
-.-...
,-,
I
i~
LJ
n
U
r-.
I :
L-i .
n
i I
L
n
i '
U
[J
,~
, ,
; ;
L.J
,......
I '
, I
LJ
n
J
,.....,
\ '
, I
\ i
LJ
r-!
: \
'c.....J
o
r;
i I
I-.J I
r-.
\ ,
U
n
i'
U
n
U
n
u
r~
~
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Fiberalass Reinforced Panels: White, textured, fiberglass reinforced plastic panels of nominal 1/16" thickness or
greater, in 4' by 8' sheets, approved by Minnesota State Health Department for use in food preparation areas.
Provide special PVC or plastic panel joint and spline connectors to inter-connect, seal and join panels.
Provide special crommeted washers. in finish to match panels, as recommended by the manufacturer.
Install with special fasteners approved for use in food preparation areas.
Sealant shall be silicone tvPeas specified in Section 07900, and approved for use with the panel system.
Fasteners and Anchoraoes: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices ,of the type, size, material and finish
required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible, and complying with
applicable Federal Specifications.
Where finish carpentry is exposed on exterior or in areas of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and
anchorages with a hot-dipped zinc coating (ASTM A 153).
Adhesives and olues: As recommended by the manufacturer for permanently bonding and securing the materials
included within this specification including contact cement, wood glue, and bonding adhesive.
Provide Quality. commercial orade hardware at cabinets, as shown, specified or as required for a complete
installation including pulls, glides, brackets, hinges and drawer locks. Finish to be brushed chrome unless specified
otherwise, but verify.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
PREPARATION:
Condition wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing.
BackPrime/seal and edae seal lumber for stained finish. Comply with requirements of section on painting within
Division 9 for primers and their application.
INSTALLATION:
Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improper1y treated, not adequately seasoned
or too small to fabricate worK with minimJm of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective
manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns.
Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install
to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level countertOPS; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining 118"
maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces.
Scribe and cut worK to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.
Anchor millworK to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds,
stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete
installation. Except where prefinished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nail for exposed
nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where transparent is indicated.
Install trim or paneling in the direction indicated on the drawings.
ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK
06400 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
11
I '
I I
U
~,
At food preparation area, install fiberglass panels, using system components to Join all edges and joints. Seal as
required to completely seal off all other penetrations and joints. Clean off all excess sealant prior to fully setting. r
I I
'--~
ADJUSTMENT. CLEANING. FINISHING AND PROTECTION:
Repair damaoed and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually;
where not possible to repair properly, replace woodworK. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
Clean finish C8l'D8ntrv worK on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch-up shop-applied finishes to restore
damaged or soiled areas.
Protection: Installer of architectural woodwork shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions
necessary to ensure that worK will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION 06400
ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK
06400 4
hiil.
_ _<"'lit'
;: ..;',.
.<l~. ... Ii _J' -
__ _ _.... ':f'r.t'
,
U
n
i i
U
n
I )
L.J
Ii
, ,
, ,
L:
n
I i
U
II
i I
u
"
LJ
r
U
n
I i
u
Cl
I I
I I
L.;
Ii
! \
~
r-,
i !
i i
LJ
n
U
"
\ I
i I
l...-J
"
i i
U
n
, I
U
,-,
I j
, i
I '
1...-.-1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 07311 . ASPHALT SHINGLES
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes asphalt shingles and related building systems as shown on the drawings and specified herein.
this section is an alternate to the work.
RELATED WORK:
Section 01030, Alternates.
Section 06100. Rough Carpentry.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Samples: Submit pallet of shingle samples for review and selection by Architect/Owner.
,.--
2. Manufacturer's Data: Provide standard data and specification sheets for all the products specified.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Coordinate worK of this section with adjoining work, and perform work under best possible weather and dry
conditions.
Start-up of shinole work shall constitute acceptance of existing conditions. Do not start worK until the sub-surface
is acceptable. '
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Subiect to compliance with reauirements. furnish shingles from one of the following:
Dimension III, Celotex Corp.
Timberfine, GAF.
Woodlands, Manville.
MATERIALS:
ASPHALT SHINGLES
07311 -1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Asphalt Shinales: Laminated, UL, Class A, Mineral surfaced, self-sealing overlay construction of fiberglass based
strip shingles complying with ASTM D 3018, Type 1 and ASTM D 3462. Architect shall select from a complete
range of manufacturers standard colors.
Underlayment: 15# asphalt saturated, organic building paper, unperforated.
Membrane Underlayment: 40 mil "Ice and Watershield" or "Polyken" at the first two courses of shingles at the eave
locations of the roof, and at all valleys (with a minimum of 18" to each side of the valley. Any other manufacturer
not listed must be pre-approved by the Architect.
Fasteners: As recommended by the shingle manufacturer, box or common nails, hot-dipped zinc, aluminum or
stainless steel. ' Provide sizes as recommended by manufacturer, to penetrate a minimum of 1/2" without
penetrating the bottom side of the visually exposed wood deck. Staples shall not be acceptable.
Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being
sealed; cof1l)ly with FS TT-$-0027, TT-S-00230, or TT-S-001543.
Flashino and sheet metal comoonents: Provide sheet metal flashing to be used for valleys, gutters, roof edge trim
and exposed trim. Metal valley sheets shall be a minimum of 24" width. Metal sections and details may not all
be shown on the drawings, but shall be provides at all locations including all valleys, drip edges, roof edges and
terminations. All exposed metal shall be pre-finished in color as selected by the Architect.
Provide pre-finished oalvanized metal. continuous roof ridge section at all ridges. Product shall be
purposely made for ventilating the roof, with a waterproof vent and flange section for accepting shingles.
Provide stvle D roof edaina at all roof edge terminations, in color as selected by the Architect.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
General: Comply with the recommendations and instructions from the manufacturer.
Underlavment: Install standard and special underlayment where required and specified, using the 40 mil "peal and
stick" product where specified. Overlap and shingle the materials to meet the minimum standards required by the
manufacturer and the UBC; both laterally and vertically (up/down). '
SecurelY install all sheet metal valleys, step-flashing and other flashings as required. All pipes and exposed
conduits shall be flashed and counter-flashed.
Lavout and installation shall be uniform and true-to-square. Dimensions of exposure shall be consistent and butts
shall be uniformly parallel when installed. Remove and replace areas that are rejected by the Architect.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
Remove excess trim. dust and debris and ensure that all discarded/loose nails have been removed from the site.
Protection: Ensure that worK Is protected from damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, until the time
of substantial completion.
END OF SECTION 07311
ASPHALT SHINGLES
07311 -2
I~ II
1 I "UiI!J
-..,""""" ~
iltb' . ~, ,!,i~ ._._,~ "iii_II II III . " IIiI
o
r
I
I ;
L.,
r
L;
r
i
U
I-
i :
L-J
r,
I I
U
"
L
II
'-'
j i
, i
LJ
n
L
,--
, '
i ·
LJ
rl
I I
L.J
~I I
U
r-,
i I
U
'"""'
I ,
\ I
i I
U
r-,
u
n
LJ
u
n
\ I
w
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 07630 . STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes prefinished, snap-on, standing seam metal roofing system, and membrane underlayment for sloped
roof sections, soffits and fascias as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.
RELATED WORK:
Section 06100. "Rough Carpentry", for decking materials.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Industry Standard: Comply with applicable recommendations and details of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
by SMACNA. Conform to dimensions and profiles shown.
2. Field Measurements: Prior to fabrication take field measurements of structure or substrates to receive panel
system. Allow for trimming panel units where final dimensions cannot be established prior to fabrication.
3. Reference Standard: Comply with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual", published by Sheet Metal and Air
Conditioning Contractors National Association.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications, standard details, certified product test results, and installation
instructions.
2. Shop Drawinas: Include layouts of panels, details, supports, anchorages, and trim.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Subiect to compliance with reauirements. including color, provide products from one of the following:
PAC-Clad.
Vincent Brass & Aluminum Co.
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING
07630 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Specification Is based on PAC-Clad "Regular Standing Seam" system with 1" high seam and 20" standard panel
width. at typical locations, and butyl based elastomeric membrane underlayment, along with sheet metal flashing
and trim accessories as required for a cofT1)lete installation.
MATERIALS:
Aluminum Sheet for Palntina/Coatina: Provide manufacturer's special 24 gauge galvanized steel sheet (G-90) of
alloy, temper and mill finish as recommended by the manufacturer.
Provide manufacturer's standard continuous U-shaped sections, with 20" center to center width and 1" '
height and narrow style batten; Soffit transitions, end sections, and other shapes as required and shown
on the drawings.
Hold-down Clips: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel.
i
l..__
r
I [
~
r.
I
I
L....
n
i
LJ
i1
I :
Li
,-.
I
I
U
Underlayment: Butyl based elastomeric membrane, 40 mil thickness ("peel and stick" product): Polyken, "ice and L:
Water Shield" or approved equal.
:
! "
METAL FINISHES:
FlouroPOlvmer Coatlna: Full-strength 70% "Kynar 500" coating baked-on for 15 minutes at 4500F (2320C), in a dry
film thickness of 1.0 mils, 30% reflective gloss (ASTM D 523), over 0.3 mil epoxy primer. Color shall be as selected
by the Architect.
Durability: ProYIde coating which has been field tested under normal range of weathering conditions for
minimJm of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack or check in finish, and without
chalking in excess of 8 (ASTM D 659), and without fading in excess of 5 NBS units.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard noncorrosive types.
Paper Slip Sheet: 5-1b. rosin-sized building paper.
Gaskets: Pigmented silicone sealant type to match panels, where required and exposed, as approved by the
manufacturer.
PANEL FABRICATION: PERFORMANCES:
General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's
standard procedures and processes, and as required to fulfill indicated performance requirements which have been
demonstrated by factory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements, and with structural
requirements.
Reauired Performances: Fabricate roofing systems that have no leakage at 15 Ibs. per sq. ft. pressure with spray
test.
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING
07630 . 2
'~t I II
.iti.>it r : 3 1....1 IIrHll!iiI!I __. . .11 I.t.; ." ~.
...'.. ~
,-.
I ,
~
o
n
, I
I ,
L..
n
! I
I I
'--'
n
I 1
LJ
r;
LJ
,....,
u
,.,
LJ
n
,j
! I
I i
~
,....,
I I
I I
U
n
LJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Fabricate ioints with captive gaskets or separator strips, which provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal
contact in a manner which will minimize noise from movements within panel system.
Fabricate units under Quality controlled factory conditions, forming all units with sharp, crisp, consistent bends.
Manufacturer panels so that there is no oil canning evident when viewed in sun or shade. All bends and formed
metal sections shall be straight and true to line and form. Architect shall reject panels that do not conform to the
following maximum tolerances:
Length and width: 1/8" in 10 feet.
Squareness: 1/4" across panel, in 10 feet, both ways.
PART 3- EXECUTION
PREPARATION:
Coordinate worK with deckina worK. Ensure that decking is securely fastened to the metal deck. The rate of fas-
tening is one fastener for every 2 square feet. Deck should lay flat and smooth, with butt edges tight one to
another. Do not proceed with the worK until sub-surface worK is satisfactory.
INSTALLATION:
General: Comply with panel fabricator's and material manufacturers' instructions and recommendations for
installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other components
of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermaVstructural movement.
Install panels with concealed fasteners so that no exposed fasteners are visible upon completion.
Panel sections are to be full-Ienath and continuous from ridae pOint to eave location.
Install elastomeric membrane in conformance with the manufacturer's instructions and as agreed upon a pre-
construction meeting. Provide largest lengths possible. Overlap seams a minimum of 6" or greater as required
by the manufacturer.
Installation tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4" in 20'-0" on leveVplumblslope
and location/line as indicated, and within 1/8" offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof
performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets and sealantslfillers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated,
types required by panel manufacturer, in compliance with Section 07900.
Where fasteners penetrate throuah the membrane, use sealant at each location.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
Damaaed Units: Replace panels and other components of the work which have been damaged or have
deteriorated beyond successful repair.
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING
07630 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Cleanina: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films (If any) as each panel is installed. Upon
completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer, and maintain in
a clean condition during construction.
END OF SECTION 07630
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING
07630 . 4
,.;; ''!l1'.....
,,: ... Ii iI
a; ,~,II.~-':,~,.'-'.&..,a ".ii L
___A 4 ,
~i J:
L
n
I i
'-J
n
I
'--'
I-
I
I!
f '
u
r
~ :
U
r-",
I
L.'
"
u
n
u
1:
) \
''-.1
n
\ I
G
II
i I
LJ
,~
: i
u
'"',
I I
LJ
n
u
,....,
I
, I
L-
,.
I:
~-1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 07900 . JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general proYisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification Sections, apply to worK of this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section Includes elastomeric, expansion and control joints (horizontal and vertical), used for a variety of
applications. Urethane sealant shall be used at all joints between dissimilar materials and joints between concrete,
masonry, roofing materials and aluminum. Other materials used on this project shall be as specified.
RELATED WORK:
Section 03310, Concrete.
Section 04200. Unit Masonry.
Section 07600. Flashing and Sheet Metal.
Division 8. All sections.
Section 09900. Painting.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data for each product.
2. Samoles for Initial Selection Purposes: Two sets of manufacturer's color catalogs showing full range of colors
available for each product. Provide sample of epoxy joint filler installed into joint surface similar to project condition.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
,.....
1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully completed within the last 5 years at least 3
joint sealer applications similar In type and size to that of this Project.
2. Sinale Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain materials from a single manufacturer.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING:
Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about
manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time and mixing
instructions for roolticomponent materials.
Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration
or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes.
JOINT SEALERS
07900 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until weather conditions are in
compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than allowed
by joint sealer manufacturer for applicatiOn Indicated.
Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants capable of
interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MATERIALS. GENERAL:
Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers, primers and other related materials that are compatible with one
another and with joint substrates as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealer as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, except
that custom colors shall be selected for exposed exterior vertical walls and glazing systems. Architect shall select
a total of three colors.
ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS:
Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated complying with
ASTM C 920.
1. Multi-Part Nonsao Urethane Sealant for Use NT: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, and complying with the
following requirements for NT, M, A. and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.
MANUFACTURERS:
1. Multi-Part Nonsao Urethane Sealant for Use NT:
"Vulkem 227"; Mameco International, Inc.
"Vulkem 922"; Mameco International, Inc.
"Sikaflex-2c NS"; Sika Corp.
"Sonolastlc NP 2"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord
"Dymeric"; Tremco Inc.
SOL VENT -RELEASE-CURING JOINT SEALANTS:
2. Butyl Sealant: Manufacturer's standard one part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant
complying with FS TT-S-001657 for Type I and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids to be nonstaining,
paintable, and have a tack-free time of 24 hours or less.
Manufacturers: ButYl Sealant:
"BC-158"; Pecora Corp.
"PTI 757"; Protective Treatments Inc.
"Tremco Butyl Sealant"; Tremco Inc.
JOINT SEALERS '
07900 . 2
tell.
--,
~ i:1 :) __ :I~ En.. . ,.,.. :1'1, 1114lI_
,~~:K "1
, I
L-
r;
i..-.j
r-1
I ,
'--'
n
I I
I ,
LJ
r
I I
! :
1-1
U
r-,
I
I i
U
r; .
U
I'
I ,
~
rl
; I
U
,-.,
'I ;
LJ
r-'
\ i
L
r-,
I I
I
~
I'
I I
, I
L-J
r'
LI
r)
i ,
L...J
n
LJ
n
i
L;
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
JOINT SEALANT BACKING:
General: ProYlde sealant backings of material and type which arenonstaining; are compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufadurer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible,
nongassing plastic foam of material indicated below; nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size, shape and
density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant perf~rmance.
Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for
preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where
such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
~: Provide type required by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint
substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealer substrate tests and field tests.
Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to
manufacturer of sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent
nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimental effect on sealant
adhesion or in-service performance.
Maskina Tape: Provide nonstaining, nonabsorbent type compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent
to joints.
Accessory materials for Fire-Stoppina Sealants: Provide forming, joint-fillers, packing and other accessory materials
required for installation of fire-stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated.
JOINT FILLERS FOR CONCRETE PAVING:
General: Provide joint fillers of thickness and widths indicated.
Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1751, of granulated cork with asphalt
binder encased beween 2 layers of saturated felt or glass fiber felt.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
EXAMINATION:
Examine ioints indicated indicated to receive ioint sealers, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affeding joint sealer performance. Do
not proceed with installation of joint sealers until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION:
Surface Cleanina of Joints: Thoroughly clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with
recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers.
JOINT SEALERS
07900 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Joint Primina: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based
on preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer
manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration
onto adjoining surfaces.
Masklna Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which
otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove
sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooUng without disturbing joint seal.
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS:
General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed Installation instructions applicable to products and
applications Indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.
Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants
as applicable to materials, applications and conditions Indicated.
Installation of Sealant Backinas: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements:
Install ioint-fillers of type Indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required
to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers.
Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear Joint fillers.
Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with
dry material.
Install bond breaker t8P8 between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where
adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result in sealant failure.
Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven Industry techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and
fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform,
cross- sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
Toolina of Nonsaa Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool
sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact
and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use
tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.
Provide concave ioint confiauration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated.
CLEANING:
Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as worK progresses by methods and with cleaning
materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur.
PROTECTION:
JOINT SEALERS
07900 - 4
~ I '.
_~~'l~
." :, ~~l.
..r, mlfol... .. ,-' . "
_,-'.,1
n
U
I
L
,-., !
I
c.-
LJ
n
u
,..-,
I
I I
LJ .
r
i
,-.,
i !
U I
r
I
L,I
,-.,
i i
I !
~
i I
U
n
U
I I
U
11
I i
U
i'i
r I
U
o
,-.,
U
\1
: '
U
n
i !
L;
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
-
Protect ioint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage
resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of
Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged
or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations
with repaired areas indistinguishable from original worK.
END OF SEC'nON 07900
-
JOINT SEALERS
07900 . 5
lilll
_.t
~i ilii.
i1iiiH__.. II ..
11 .1 ;lli-
~__1l('
n
o
r
I .
L~
L_
r-,
I i
U
n
I
L
~
II
,--'
n
U
[J
r-;
,.--,
I '
u
n
LJ
n
LJ
II
i I
L-'
o
rl
U
o
n
L
DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES:
1. All width openings and types indicated are single flush doors
2. Provide mfg. standard frame section (with centered stop) with 4- high head and 2" wide jambs, except were
noted. '
3. Not all frame detail connections are shown: install hollow metal frames typically 1" from exterior face of wall
at outside conditions, 1" from wall face of the side of the door that does not have the hinges, or as shown
on drawings.
4. All doors shall have the same hardware group, with the locking mechanism a variable. Door 1101 shall
have locking function so that key may open door from exterior side, and a side jamb or inside lock location
with thurnbtumlswitch to also unlockllock door from inside. Doors 1102 and 1103 shall have locking
function only by means of a key.
DOOR 1
101
102
103
TYPE
H.M.
H.M.
H.M.
RATING
NA
NA
NA
SIZE
7'-0" x 3'-0" x 1-3/4"
7'-0" x 3'-0" x 1-3/4"
7'-0" x 3'-0" x 1-3/4"
FRAME
H.M.
H;M.
H.M.
HARDWARE
1
1
1
NOTES
Flush
Flush
Flush
HARDWARE GROUP:
Group 1:
butts
Io~et
closer
kickplate
threshold
weatherstrip
sweep
stop
ABBREVIATIONS:
NA - Not applicable
H.M.. Hollow Metal
,..
....
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 08110- STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1- GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes steel doors and frames as indicated and scheduled on drawings, and specified herein.
Provide manufacturer's standard iamb sections, where section details are not shown on the drawings. Door frames
shall be standard 5-3/4" width with include integral stop centered on jamb. Provide fasteners, anchors, embeds
( . and other attachemnt appropriate to the back-up wall material shown adjacent to hollow metal worK shown on the
drawings.
RELATED WORK:
Door Schedule.
Section 08710. Finish Hardware.
Section 09900. Painting: all steel doors and frames to be shop primed and field painted.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel
Doors and Frames" (SDI-100) and as herein specified.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product data.
2. Shop Drawinos: Submit details, elevations, installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and
details of joints and connections, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract
drawings. Schedule shall show every door or frame elevation.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Deliver and store hollow metal worK as recommended by the manufacturer. Doors and frames shall not ever be
stored in an area exposed to the elements. Hollow metal work shall not remain exposed to the elements for more
than 4 hours. If doors and frames are stored exposed to rain or snow, these materials shall be rejected and
replaced by new materials.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
08110-1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
InsPect hollow metal worK upon delivery for damage, and replace damaged Items.
o
n
u
n
Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on blocking and provide proper ventilation. LJ
PART 2 . PRODUCTS D
MANUFACTURERS:
Manufacturer: Subject to cofTl)liance with requirements, provide steel doors and frames by any member in good
standing of the Steel Door Institute.
MATERIALS:
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and StriP: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A
569 and ASTM A 568.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, cofTl)lying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568.
Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18- gage galvanized sheet steel.
Inserts. Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-dip galvanized items to be built into exterior
walls and masonry walls, complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable.
Shop ADPlied Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified
finish paints.
FABRICATION, GENERAL:
Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle.
Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearty identify worK that cannot be
permanently factory- assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with SDI-1 00
requirements as follows:
Doors: SDI-100, Grade III, extra heavy-duty, Model 2, minimum 16-gage faces.
Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold-rolled steel.
Fabricate frames. concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold-rolled
or hot-rolled steel (at fabricator's option).
Close toP and bottom edoes of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16-
gage inverted steel channels.
Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and
bolts. '
Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware In
accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templated proy/ded by hardware supplier. Comply with
applicable requirements of ANSI A 115 series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware.
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
08110-2
1., l* . :.,
-) ,"1t' . hili.
hiill__i.. ,. IJIIf I
-'i.,ll,': -I
u
o
n
tJ
1"1
o
,1']
U
o
i'
I \
L
n
u
o
H'
U
o
n
u
Fl
u
o
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish
- hardware may be done at project site.
Shop Paintina: Clean, treat, and uniformly prime exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including
galvanized surfaces.
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES:
Metal frames to be 16 gage, fully mitered and welded, using concealed fasteners.
..",
Door Silencers: 3 per jamb and 2 per head, for each door.
Plaster Guards: Provide 26-gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of finish hardware
cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings.
PART 3- EXECUTION
.......
INSTALLATION:
General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories In accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturer's data, and as herein specified.
Seauence the worK so that metal doors are not installed until the hardware and closers for the doors can be
installed that day to eliminate damage to the faces.
--
Placina Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames", unless
otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces
smooth and undamaged. Use screws or anchors for concrete or masonry.
-
Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in SDI-100.
ADJUST AND CLEAN:
Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and
apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer.
Final Adjustments: Check and re-adjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames
undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
END OF SECTION 08110
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
08110-3
...,'.
_ ,'I. 0l .. ill.
-,'11-
.::___ . ill
-".'. .;,~
o
rl .
LJ
r
LJ
n
u
G
1,_
n
LJ
o
M
11
n ·
U
r
[ \
!o:-~
o
'-'"
I \
i I
U
r1
U
-:
J
o I
n
u
'I
II
LJ
n
L.,
n
i I
'w
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10110195
SEcnONO~.ACCESSDOORS
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division
1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
-.
SUMMARY
Section includes rated, primed steel access doors at interior masonry and drywall, ceilings and walls, and non-rated
stainless steel units at exterior locations shown on the drawings.
Provide a total of one 18" bY 18" stainless steel access panel doors and frames at the restroom wall.
SUBMITTALS
.-.
Submit product data sheets.
,.,;-
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide access doors by one of the following:
J.L. Industries
Karp Associates, Inc.
Miicor, Inc.
Nystrom, Inc.
r-
MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
General: Furnish each access door assembly manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts, and ready
for installation.
Stainless units shall be made of #4 satin-finished stainless steel. Refer to drawings.
Gaoe: Fabricate frames from 16-gage steel and doors from 14-gage steel.
For installation in masonry construction, furnish frames with adjustable metal masonry anchors.
Include cvlinder lock. keyed alike, with two sets of keys.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
ACCESS DOORS
08305 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10110195
INSTALLATION
Complv with manufacturer's instructions for installation of access doors.
Coordinate installation with worK of other trades.
Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb or level in relation to
adjacent finish surfaces.
ADJUST AND CLEAN
Adiust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.
Remove and replace panels or frames as required.
END OF SECTION
ACCESS DOORS
08305 . 2
i!l'. i.
""'"'c ,iC ~ I][ .1 _,-,--",,",;iGIlJ". ... :I._I -
],...'L~
0
r--
\ !
I
L.
n
I I
I~
\11
U
r
, I
U
H
\ I
j
'--
r
'-1
.-..
U
n
'---'
~
I
t, i
l.J
t!
I ;
I '
w
r
I \
u
r']
\1 I.
L.
n
J
0
0
i'
II I
J
M i
U
n
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/1 0/95
SEcnON 08375- SPECIAL EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND PANELS
PART 1- GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to worK of this section.
^....
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes special wood doors, shutters, panels and associated assessories, as indicated and scheduled on
drawings, and specified herein. All doors include hardware as necessary for operation and to enclose doorway and
window openings at the buildings.
Paired rollina doors shall include track. base rollers. brackets, stops, bolts and locking hasp. Shutters and folding
panels shall include heavy duty hinges and hasps as required. Folding Panel at Press box shall inlcude ceiling
mounted holders for "open- position. Mount hardware into masonry or wood using taper-proof fasteners as
appropriate. All units shall include non-corrosive screwslfasteners carefully spaced and installed.
RELATED WORK:
Section 04200. Unit Masonry.
Section 06100. Rough Carpentry, for installation.
Section 09900. Painting: all wood doors and frames to be field painted/stained.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Contractor shall be experienced with the fabrication and installation of oversized panels and doors similar to those
shown on this project, with a minimum of three successful, similar systems installed within the past three years.
SUBMITTALS:
.....
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product data on hardware and manufactured items.
2. Shop Drawinas: Submit details, elevations, installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and
details of joints and connections, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract
drawings. Schedule shall show every door, panel or frame elevation.
DELIVERY I STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Deliver doors and panels under the best circumstances, never storina materials in an open area exposed to the
elements. If doors and frames are stored uncrated in the rain or snow, these materials shall be rejected and
replaced by new materials.
Store doors, panels and frames at building site under cover. Place units on blocking and provide proper ventilation.
-'
SPECIAL EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND PANELS
08375 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
l~
10/10/95 L
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MATERIALS:
LUMBER:
General: Lumber used In the manufacture of doors and panels shall be standard dimension lumber, cut to the sizes
and shapes shown on the drawings, corJl)lying with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with the
ALSC. Materials shall include 1x and 2x members in widths as shown and required. Moisture content shall be
maintained at 19% maximum during fabrication and Installation.
Cedar: Provide No.2 or better cedar boards, provided knots are no greater than pin holes, in smooth texture.
Members shall be true and straight with no exposed manufacturers' stamps or marKs on any of the exposed
surfaces of the final doors, frames or panels.
Hem Fir/Doualas Fir: Where structural integrity at mn-visually-exposed conditions is required, provide NO.2 or
better as graded under WWPA rules.
Fasteners: Refer to "Hardware" below.
HARDWARE:
General: Provide heavy duty industriaVfarm hardware as specified, and in accordance with the manufacturer's
Instructions for weight and size limits, from the list of manufacturers below, at all operable doors. Specification is
based on Lawrence products: other manufacturers shall furnish components that comply with Lawrence
specifications.
Lawrence Brothers, Inc.
National.
Approved Equal.
Track: Provide "intermediate series" track at the sliding doors openings. Provide a minimum 14 gage, hot dipped
galvanized steel track, in continuous lengths as required. Mounting brackets shall be in profile required to carry
track units, with spacing and quantities as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide stop brackets at each side
of door.
Hanoerslcarriers: At recommended spacings, provide roller bearing, 3" lathe-turned steel wheel units, with four
wheels per carrier. Include pre-punched brackets for mounting door units to carriers. Provide hot-dipped
galvanized units except where zinc-coated materials are required for strength or wear.
Stay Rolls: Provide zinc plated or hot galvanized steel unit with adjustable black lexan wheel, equal to series 95:
one per leaf.
Door Handles: Heavy duty galvanized steel with openings for two fasteners, minimum of 6" grasp opening.
Guide Roll Strip: Provide heavy duty stainless or corrosion resistant steel guide roll strips at bottom of all sliding
doors. '
Door StoPlholderlLock: Provide special, heavy duty door stop at wall to stop moving door units, with a hasp for
Owner to lock the doors in either the "open" or "closed" position. This shall be mounted at mid-point of door.
Provide non-corrosive materials consistent with related door materials.
SPECIAL EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND PANELS
08375 . 2
, 1llB
~iif { il "I .._ -il,.
.... . III -
-..R;o;It "
n
'--.!
n
u
fl
\1
'-~
r;
U
rr
n
'-'
n.
u
~..-,
\ :
L!
t"-'
U
n
u
D
c
!'-.
\ i
'LJ
o
(l
\ I
U
\I'"j
\/
I.:-!
n
, I
L...;
M
! I
~
r-,
I .
iJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Cane bolt: Provide a cane bolt at each operable door leaf. Include a concrete base with a hole for installing bolt
at each door.
Fasteners and Accessories: Provide screws, bolts, nuts, adjustment bolts and pins as required for a complete
installation. Materials shall be complementary with hardware and shall be of the most durable, rust-inhibitive
materials. Provide through-bolt connections wherever possble. Countersink as necessary to assure free-gliding
door units.
.~
Provide nails. screws and related Droducts. for assembling and anchoring door and panel sections of hot-
dipped galvanized materials cofl1)lying with ASTM A 153, Class C or Das applicable.
At shutters. provide hinges as necessary to support shutters, a hasp and pair of .eyes. for locking the shutters in
an open or closed position.
,,-,
FABRICATION, GENERAL:
Fabricate doors. oanels and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle.
Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in a shop or controlled environment, shipping to the site when the work
is ready for installation. Close and seal top and bottom edges of exterior doors as is possible, to prevent migration
of moisture into the units.
Construction shall conform to the same standards of quality as those found in Carpentry Sections 06100
and 06200 of this specification.
ExDOsed Fasteners: Unless othelWise indicated, provide countersunk flat for exposed screws, nails and bolts.
Finish Hardware PreDaration: Prepare doors and frames to receive field or shop applied hardware.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
General: Install special doors, panels, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturer's data, and as herein specified.
Seauence the work so that doors are not installed until the full system can be installed on the buildings, to prevent
damage to hardware or door/panel faces.
Door Installation:
Install doors so they are plumb, square and true-to-form. Hardware shall be installed per the manufacturer's
instructions. Test doors to ensure that they move smoothly, without binding or scraping. Allow adequate
expansion/contraction for summer/winter conditions. Verify locations of items with the Architect that are not
identified on the drawings.
ADJUST AND CLEAN:
Final Adiustments: Check and re-adjust operable items, leaving doors and panels undamaged and in complete
and proper operating condition.
END OF SECTION 08375
SPECIAL EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND PANELS
08375 . 3
JI .il,.:
~~\if " ,ilil. 11..-- '.11"'-
-..- . . .
_DH
~
,
I
L
.r
L
o
n
\ I
I I
""-,~
,r--,
I I
I I
L.
LJ
n
~,
.--,
\ \
t.__
,.....,
I i
t-J
n
U'
)
.--,
l i
\ f
~
r:~
LJ
o
r
LJ
r1
\ '
lJ
t-\
I .
I I
I I
''-
n
u
n
\ J
~
II
. I
.............
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.zoo
10/10/95
,-
SECTION 08520 . ALUMINUM WINDOWS
..,....
PART 1. GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
f"--
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes aluminum window units and related alazine comoonents as shown on the drawings and as
specified herein, including the following:
Aluminum Serving window units with hardware at Concessions.
Aluminum casement window units with hardware and screens.
Screen panel at Press box.
Mirrors.
Window units shall include a minimum of two seals (urethane sealant): one at the interior and one at the exterior
between the masonry/wall and the aluminum outer flange, each at all sides. As required, provide seals at rough-in
locations for weeping or water-stop purposes. Provide all weeps, backer rods and blocking as required. If
installation of blocking is provided by the General Contractor, advise Contractor prior to bid, during shop drawing
phase and in field, of the actual needs for each particular window type: blocking shown on the drawing is for
reference only. Provide materials as required.
RELATED WORK:
-
Section 04200. Unit Masonry.
Section 06100. Rough Carpentry.
Section 07900. Sealants.
DEFINITIONS:
-
Performance class number is included as a part of the window designation system is the actual design pressure
in pounds per sq. ft. used to determine the structural test pressure and water test pressure.
Structural test Dressure. windload test, is equivalent to 150 percent of the design pressure.
Water leakaae resistance test Dressure for operable and fixed units is equivalent to 100 percent of the design
pressure with 6.00 pst as a minilTlJm.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
Desian ReQuirements: Comply with air infiltration, water penetration and structural performance requirements
indicated in AAMA 101-85 for the type, grade and performance class of HC-HC40.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Zoo
10/10/95
Testina and Performance: Test each type and size of required window unit through a recognized testing laboratory
or agency, in accordance with ASTM E 330 for structural performance, with ASTM E 283 for air infiltration and with
ASTM E 547 for water penetration. Provide certified test results.
SUBMITTALS:
1. ShoD Drawinas: Submit shop drawings for each type of window including information not fully detailed in the
manufacturer's standard product data including typical unit elevations, details, anchors, hardware, operators,
accessories and glazing details.
2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, performances, technical product data,
recommendations and standard details for each type of aluminum window unit required.
3. SamDles: Submit samples of the specified finish on 12- lengths of window members.
4. Certification: Provide certification by the manufacturer showing that each type, grade and size of window unit
complies with requirements where the manufacturer's standard window units have been tested in accordance with
specified tests and meet performance requirements specified. Where such testing has not been accomplished,
perform required tests through a recognized testing laboratory or agency and provide certified test results.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Standards: Requirements for aluminum windows, terminology and standards of performance, and fabrication
workmanship are those specified and recommended in AAMA 101-85 and applicable general recommendation
published by AAMA and AA.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Field Measurements: Where possible, check actual window openings in construction work by accurate field
measurement before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication
schedule with construction progress as directed by the Contractor to avoid delay of work. Where necessary,
proceed with fabrication without field measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit of
window units.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
Efco
Jordan
Moduline Windows.
Approved Equal.
Aluminum servina windows at the Concessions area shall be Niessen and Company, Inc. model BPI-5024 with
single glass, or equal from approved manufacturers.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520 . 2
........
iIiIhti: ii' ...11 tlI ..;
-;,111_ __-,.'. .11; _
__... .tJ
~
"
i i
U
~
\1 i
LJ
r---
I ':
I I
(.~
n
I !
'~-,'"
n
I \ ·
'-'
<"'1
l' ~
U
n
L~
n
u
o
o
.......
. I
U
,-,
" I
I I
J
........
U'
IIi
1 I
u
o
n
LJ
r;
LJ
n
u
r
U
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Z00
10110/95
Window units shall be casement tvDe: all units shall be single alazed exceDt where shown or identified to the
contrary. Jamb width of all windows shall be a minimum of 3-112-, with a minimum 1-1/2- face dimension.
Set windows back 1- from face of outer wall, within masnory opening, unless shown to the contrary on the
drawings.
MATERIALS:
-
Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper recommended by the window manufacturer for the strength,
corrosion-resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000 psi ultimate tensile strength and
not less than 0.062- thickness at any location for main frame and sash members.
""-'>
Fasteners: Provide aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, epoxy adhesive, or other materials warranted by the
manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors and
other components of window units.
Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw-anchor into aluminum less than 0.125- thick, reinforce interior with
aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads, or provide standard non-corrosive
pressed-in splined grommet nuts.
ExDOsed Fasteners: Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners.
For application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of the member or hardware being fastened,
as appropriate.
Glass and Glazina: Provide double strength, tempered glass units in sizes as shown on the drawings, with a
minimum thickness of 3/16-. Glass shall be clear type 1, quality q3.
""''"
Screens: Bronze aluminum insect screen mounted in aluminum tubular-shaped frames with mitered comers and
mechanical fastenrers, and removable spline-anchor edge. Provide standard removable units at operable window
units and large framed screen attached to wood framing at the Press Box, using oversized frame as required for
structural integrity.
Mirror Glass: Heat strengthened, clear 3116- thick, with rear laminated safety paper and chemically deposited silver
(FS DD-M-G411) in sizes as shown on the drawings. Provide stainless steel frame at the perimeters. Include
concealed mounting hardware.
Anchors. CUDS and Window Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips and window accessories of aluminum, non-
magnetic stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with the requirements of ASTM A 386;
provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated.
-
ComDression TVDe Glazino StriDs and WeatherstriDDina: Provide compressible stripping for glazing and
weatherstripping such as molded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with AAMA SG-1 or with ASTM 0 2000
Designation 2BC415 to 3BC620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287, or molded expanded
EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4.
Glazino: Provide all glazing tapes, primers, setting blocks, spacers, edge blocks and accessories as required by
the manufacturer and as necessary for a complete installation.
Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide type recommended by the manufadurer for
joint size and movement. Sealant shall remain permanently elastic, non- shrinking, and non-migrating. Comply
with Division-7 -Joint Sealants- sedion of these specifications for selection and installation of sealants.
-'
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.zoo
,.....,
\ I
10/10/95 U
HARDWARE:
General: Except to the extent that more specific or stringent requirements are indicated, provide the manufacturer's
standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant material compatible with
aluminum and of sufficient strength to perform the function for which it is intended.
Locks shall be Drovided at interior side of all operable window units in compliance with AAMA. Provide
tracks at the sliding units, and rotor handles and geared operators at the casement units.
ACCESSORIES:
General: Except to the extent that more specific or stringent requirements are indicated, provide the manufacturer's
standard accessories that comply with indicated standards.
WeatherstriDDina: Provide sliding-type weatherstripping at locations where sash rails slide horizontally or vertically
along the unit frame. Unless othelWise indicated, provide double compression-type weatherstripping at the
perimeter of each operating sash where sliding-type weatherstripping is not appropriate.
Provide weatherstripping locked-in to extruded grooves in the sash.
FABRICATION:
General: Except to the extent that more specific or stringent requirements are indicated, provide manufacturer's
standard fabrication that complies with indicated standards and that produces units that are reglazable without
dismantling sash framing. Include a complete system for assembly of corf1)Onents and anchorage of window units,
and prepare sash for glazing except where preglazing at the factory is Indicated.
Sizes and Profiles: Required sizes for window units and profile requirements are indicated on the drawings.
Variable dimensions are indicated along with maximum and minimum dimensions as required to achieve design
requirements and coordination with other work.
Details shown are based upon standard details by one or more manufacturers. Similar details by other
manufacturers will be acceptable, provided they comply with size requirements, minimum/maximum profile
requirements, and performance standards as indicated or specified.
Provide hardware with low conductivity or non-metallic material for hardware bridging thermal breaks at frame or
vent sash.
Provide weeDholes and internal water passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior.
Provide water-shed members above side-hinged ventilators and similar lines of natural water penetration.
Provide subframes and panning with anchors for window units where shown, of profile and dimensions indicated
but not less than 0.062- thick extruded aluminum. Miter or cope comers, and weld and dress smooth with
concealed mechanical joint fasteners. Finish to match window units.
Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure
and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to
thermal expansion and building deflections, in the manner indicated.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520 . 4
, " "" &1.
-~; i;,;;' ii.. JI JE .-'..-- 11_1 . J. '. iIl._j!,,,
.-'.'.'101", .'
n
I' j
U
c
o
n
........
n
<-.J
n
<. i
L'
n
Ui
n
\ :
'-l
n
I. ,
...cJ
.-
\ i
J
''''
II
-J
\1
\ i "
U
n '
t i
u
o
r;
I ,
LJ
I
'.
'7l
U
! .
......, I
I ,
I
J
I I
'--'
n
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Glazina StoDS: Provide screw-applied or snap-on glazing stops, coordinated with glass selection and glazing
system indicated. Finish glazing stops to match window units.
Pr8Qlazina Fabrication: Preglaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications indicated.
Comply with glass and glazing requirements of the -Glass and Glazing- sections of these specifications, and AAMA
101-85.
FINISHES:
HiOh Performance Fluorocarbon 2-Coat Coatina SYStem: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat thermocured system,
complying with AAMA 605.2, cofl1)Osed of specially fOrlTlJlated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color
topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight.
Color and Gloss: Architect's shall select color from manufacturer's standard provided there are a minilTlJm
of twenty colors.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSPECTION:
Insoect ooeninas before beginning Installation. Verify that rough or masonry opening is correct and the sill plate
is level.
Masonry surfaces shall be visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand and other construction debris.
Wood framing shall be dry, clean, sound and well-nailed, free of voids and without offsets at joints. Ensure
that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and within 3 inches of the opening.
Metal surfaces shall be dry, clean, free of grease, oil, dirt, rust and corrosion, and welding slag, without
sharp edges or offsets at joints.
INSTALLATION:
ComDlv with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window units, hardware,
operators, and other components of the work.
Set units Dlumb. level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and anchor
securely in place.
Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points
of contact with other materials by complying with the requirements specified under paragraph -Dissimilar
Materials- in the Appendix to AAMA 101-85.
Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown, to provide
weathertight construction. Refer to the -Joint Sealer" sections of Division-7 for compounds, fillers, and gaskets to
be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other cofl1)Onents of
the work.
Compounds, joint fillers and gaskets to be installed after installation of window units are specified as work
in another section in Division-7.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520 . 5
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923.Zoo
10/10/95
,...
\
L
o
ADJUSTING:
n
J i
L..,.
Adlust ooeratina sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping, for smooth
operation and a weathertight closure.
If Owner elects to field-test windows. contractor shall repair and replace any failed units, based on the specified
and general performances. Contractor shall also pay for all associated testing.
n
I I
,,-'
CLEANING:
n
L)
Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective
coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealant COfl1)ounds, dirt and other substances. Lubricate
hardware and other moving parts.
Clean olass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows; comply with requirements of the wGlass and
Glazing" section for cleaning and maintenance.
n
u
~
I "
I '
r
fU1 I
PROTECTION:
I
1
I ,
L...
Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required through the remainder of the construction period,
to ensure that, except for normal weathering, window units will be free of damage or deterioration at the time of
substantial completion.
n
LJ
n
u
END OF SECTION 08520
c
if
u
o
.-- I
i \ i.
U I
I
r--', I
\ i I
\ i I
'-'
n
u
j1
, I
. I
L
I.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520 . 6
o
I
nl
U
"I!llI
'VL. .I' " ~. I II a-
.nl~ _i...II; -
_..:, -.:1: _ '~
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 08710. FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes finish hardware required is indicated or implied on drawings and specified herein.
Provide the followina tvDes of hardware. as further outlines within this section. If not indicated below, provide
manufacturer's standard.
Butts:
Strikes:
Locks:
Closers:
1-1/2 pair ball bearing 4-112- by 4-1/2- per door
dustprooftype
L9000 series mortise with lever handle (06A)
LCN 4011/4111 series
Provide stainless steel (US32D) for all hardware exceDt for mill aluminum items, typically manufactured as such
(i.e. sills, weatherstripping, etc.).
RELATED WORK:
Section 08110. Steel Doors and Frames.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware from only one manufacturer.
2. SUDDlier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, furnishing hardware
in the project's vicinity for a period of not less than 5 years, and who is, or who employs an experienced
architectural consultant who is available. at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about
project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor.
-
3. Keyino: Coordinate the keying with the new set of cylinders and locking devices with City of Prior Lake
requirements and master keying of locks. Masterkey all lock cylinders to current Masterkey system, based on their
lock system.
SUBMmALS:
1. Product Data: Manufacturers product data for all hardware.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710.1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
2. Hardware Schedule: Submit five copies of final hardware schedule. Coordinate hardware with doors, frames
and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function and finish of hardware.
PRODUCT HANDLING:
Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site) for
installation.
Provide secure Iock-UD for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation
of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by .
hardware losses, both before and after installation.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
HARDWARE FINISHES:
Provide Quality of finish. including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness and other qualities
complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified for the applicable units of hardware
by referenced standards. Provide brushed stainless at all doors and brushed aluminum where noted.
The desianations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the industry-recognized
standard commercial finishes, except as othelWise noted.
Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine
screw installation. 00 not provide hardware which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except
as specifically indicated.
Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as othelWise
indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces
of other work, to match finish of such other work as closely as possible, including wprepared for paint" in surfaces
to receive painted finish.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
Mount hardware units at heights indicated in wRecommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel
Doors and Framesw by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with
governing regulations, and except as may be othelWise directed by Architect.
Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever
cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in
another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work
specified in the Division-9 sections. 00 not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on
the substrate.
Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for
proper installation and operation.
n
\ ':
LJ
r'
U
n
u
r"
I i
\ i
,,~
jl
L'.
o
n
I i
l,..,1
r, .
U
n
u
o
r:
LJ
r-
I
1,,-",
Ii
LJ
n
I I' .
w I
n
, I
U
"
I !
U
o
......-1
U
08710. 2 n
I:
G
FINISH HARDWARE
~. ... 1.1.'
-."':~ih .Ii, 11 ~JI~WII._..iA.&..Ii'
-~ .... ",
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors
in accordance with industry standar:ds.
Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant.
.-
ADJUST AND CLEAN:
-
Adiust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every
unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made.
Clean adiacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.
Final Adiustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy
of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and
adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper
function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating
and ventilating equipment.
Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the
final adjustment of hardware.
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
,-..
Manufacturer's product desianations: One or more manufacturers are listed for each hardware type required. An
asterisk (.) after name indicates product designation listed in hardware schedule. Provide product of manufacturer
specified or from the following approved list, which comply with requirements specified elsewhere in this section.
Butt Hiooes: McKinney, Hager*, Lawrence or Stanley.
Locks: Best, Schlage, Russwin, Yale or Corbin..
~J>o
Lever Handles: Best, Schlage, Russwin, Yale or Corbin..
Closers: LeN..
Protective Plates: Quality., Hiawatha or Builders Brass.
Floor or Wall StoDS: Glynn-Johnson., Ives or Quality.
Thresholds and weatherstriDs: Reese, Pemko, or National Guard..
· indicates base specification.
SCHEDULE
-
See door and Hardware Schedule.
END OF SECTION
-.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710 . 3
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
n
\
i I
I '
_",4
GENERAL NOTES:
1'1
I I
U
1. Refer to the drawings for extend.of cermic tile, paint and other finishes, for additional detail.
r
J \
U
2. Install fiberglass reinforced panels on 1 x 2 furing at concessions area.
3. Install quarry tile base on blocking or mud approximately 3/4w from face of conerete block so that back of tile
aligns with back of FRP.
,......,
i i
I I
Y
ROOM' & NAME FLOOR BASE WALL CLG
100 Exterior Corridor Sealed Conc. NA NA Sealed clear wood
101 Concessions a. Tile a.T. FRP Ep. Pt.
102 Men's Room C. TIle C. T. Pt. Pt.
103 Women's Room C. TIle C. T. Pt. Pt.
104 Press Box Pt. Deck NA Pt. Sealed clear wood
Ii
i \
~
,..-,
I I
I :
'--'
NA - Not applicable or non provided
Ep. Pt. . Epoxy Paint
a. T. · Quarry Tile
FRP · Fiberglass Reinforced Panels
Cone. - Concrete
C.T. - Ceramic Tile
Pt. - Paint
[\
n
lJ
n
L!
ABBREVIATIONS:
n
I I
u
o I
n
I \
I \
W
ri
iJ'
D
r"l
L
n
u
~
U
r;
II
'-.)
o
i
I .
'" 11,.,.
~. ,:i.' ",4 ,~ I..,
- .w. --.' . II: _
,~-,,-':... '~'
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 09300 . TILE
-
,
PART 1 . GENERAL
r RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
- Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes ceramic floor tile and wall tile, quarry tile and base as indicated on drawings and specified herein.
RELATED WORK:
Section 03310. Concrete, for subsurface conditions.
Section 04200. Unit Masonry.
Section 07900. Joint Sealers, for expansion joints.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
~
Source of Materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout and setting
materials.
SUBMmALS:
1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for all materials.
2. ShOD Drawinas: Indicate tile patterns, locations, and expansion joints in tile surfaces.
3. Initial SamDles: Color charts samples of actual tiles or sections of tiles showing full range of colors, textures and
patterns available for each type of tile indicated. Include samples of grout and accessories involving color selection.
4. Certified Test ReDorts.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use.
Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter or other causes.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards
and manufacturer's printed recommendations.
TILE
..~
09300 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
"
\ ..
LJ
Vent tefllDorarv heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide build-up.
Maintain temoeratures at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after
completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's
instructions.
r\
i .
i:
'--.-1
"I
I .
U
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
('-.
U
MANUFACTURERS:
[I
\ \
'-J
Manufacturers of Unalazed and Glazed Ceramic Tile:
American Olean Tile Co., Inc.
Dal- Tile Corp.
Florida Tile.
Mid-State Tile.
Summitville Tile.
United States Ceramic Tile.
Winburn Tile Co.
n
i I
U
f-"i
I
, i
~
o I
Manufacturers of Latex-Portland Cement Mortars:
As recommended by tile manufacturer.
,.,
U
Manufacturers of Latex Portland Cement Grouts:
As recommended by tile manufacturer.
11
II )
---.)
MATERIALS:
n
'-'
Ceramic Floor Tile: Unglazed ceramic mosaic tile units, 2W by 2w, as selected by Architect from complete range of
group 2 colors.
n
I .\
U
Ceramic WalVBase Tile: Glazed ceramic tile units of 2W by 2" size, to include coved base sections. Architect shall
select from group 2 colors. '
i'"ll
l' I.
~
Quarry Floor/Base Tile: Unglazed, slip resistant, MN Health code compliant units in standard 6w by 6" size. provide
cove base and comers as required in standard grey or red color as selected by the Architect.
Threshold: Provide wCorianw type standard threshold units, in color as selected by Architect. Manufacturers
standard profile is acceptable.
n
I I
U
o
SETTING MATERIALS:
Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: ANSI A1 08.1, with asphalt saturated felt cleavage membrane, 15-1b.
type, ASTM 0 226, Type I.
n
u
o
TILE
..~
09300 . 2
'l
U
o
. j[ ..
_'1wo'~ if. d. { Iii II. .,_1__" ~~Ul:j_... .,~ .. ,.-'"'
.I.III,........-,'~ ,_", .
-
..-
-
i
r
r-
..-
.--
-
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Reinforcina Wire Fabric: Galvanized welded wire fabric, 2W x 2W - WO.3 x WO.3 (16 ASW gage or 0.0625" diam.);
comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size.
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A 118.4 Prepackaged dry mortar mix incorporating dry polymer additive in the
form of emulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site.
Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1 for Type I.
GROUTING MATERIAl.S:
Commercial Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, colors as required.
latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, with dry polymer additive in the form of a re-emulsifiable powder to
which only water is added at job site.
Latex Additive: As reconvnended by the manufacturer. Mix, full strength, with all grout materials that do not have
latex base already included in the dry mix.
All arouts shall contain full strenath latex additive/DOwder.
ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS:
Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base
polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements. Refer to Section 07900, Joint Sealers.
Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints, unless othelWise
indicated.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
EXAMINATION:
Examine surfaces to receive tile work and conditions under which tile will be installed. Do not proceed with tile
work until surfaces and conditions comply with requirements indicated in referenced tile installation standard.
INSTALLATION:
ANSI Tile Installation Standard: ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National
Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tilew.
TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA wHandbook for Ceramic Tile InstallationW; comply with TCA installation methods
indicated or, if not othelWise indicated, as applicable to installation conditions shown.
Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without
interruptions, except as othelWise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and comers without
disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
TILE
12M74WIIlID
09300 . 3
r-'l
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
I .
l..J
Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces.
Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to
electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
r~
LJ
n
u
Jointina Pattern: Unless othelWise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base,
walls and trim are same size. Layout tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each
wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown.
For tile mounted in sheets make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so that
extent of each sheet is not apparent In finished work.
ExDansion JOints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant filled joints, including control, contraction and isolation
joints, where indicated, or at materiaVconstruction breaks. 00 not saw cut joints.
("
i i
U
i I
U
n
u
Grout ceramic tile per ANSI A108.10.
Beain initial wipina of arout from tile per manufacturer's instructions, paying special attention to latex modified
materials.
n
( :
'-'
FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS:
11
I ,
U
Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Provide latex-portland cement mortar, ANSI A108.5
n
U
Paver Tile: Provide latex-portland cement mortar ANSI A108.5, with bond coat.
Thresholds: Install at locations indicated and at terminations of tile at door openings where other floor materials
begin.
n
u
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
1"""1
I ,
U 1
Cleanina: Upon cofl1)letion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign
matter. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solution only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's
printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous
plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning.
Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or othelWise
defective tile work.
r"'.
u
\"
U
Protection: When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to
completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during
construction period to prevent staining, damage and wear.
n
L.
Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed.
n
1 '
, I
'-.J
Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces.
o
END OF SECTION 09300
n
,I; I
LJ
1
\ 1
U
TILE
-~
09300 . 4
n
U
~ ...
-!liilti' If ' ,~, 'il II .,__
_.:liiM
... . I( .. j[ u-
...... "" "
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Refer to the drawings for extend. of cermic tile, paint and other finishes, for additional detail.
2. Install fiberglass reinforced panels on 1 x 2 furing at concessions area.
3. Install quarry tile base on blocking or mud approximately 314w from face of concrete block so that back of tile
aligns with back of FRP.
1"'. -
ROOM# & NAME FLOOR BASE WALL CLG
100 Exterior Corridor Sealed Conc. NA NA Sealed clear wood
101 Concessions a. Tile a.T. FRP Ep. Pt.
102 Men's Room C. Tile C. T. Pt. Pt.
103 Women's Room C. Tile C. T. Pt. Pt.
104 Press Box Pt. Deck NA Pt. Sealed clear wood
ABBREVIATIONS:
NA - Not applicable or non provided
Ep. Pt. - Epoxy Paint
a. T. = Quarry Tile
FRP - Fiberglass Reinforced Panels
Cone. - Concrete
C.T. - Ceramic Tile
Pt. = Paint
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Refer to the drawings for extend. of cermic tile, paint and other finishes, for additional detail.
2. Install fiberglass reinforced panels on 1 x 2 furing at concessions area.
3. Install quarry tile base on blocking or mud approximately 314w from face of concrete block so that back of tile
aligns with back of FRP.
ROOM# & NAME FLOOR BASE WALL CLG
100 Exterior Corridor Sealed Conc. NA NA Sealed clear wood
101 Concessions a. Tile a. T. FRP Ep. Pt.
102 Men's Room C. Tile C. T. Pt. Pt.
103 Women's Room C. Tile C. T. Pt. Pt.
104 Press Box Pt. Deck NA Pt. Sealed clear wood
ABBREVIATIONS:
NA - Not applicable or non provided
Ep. Pt. = Epoxy Paint
a. T. - Quarry Tile
FRP - Fiberglass Reinforced Panels
Cone. - Concrete
C.T. - Ceramic Tile
Pt. - Paint
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 09900 . PAINTING
PART 1 . GENERAL
r RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes painting work as indicated on drawings and schedules, and as herein specified.
Work includes surface preparation, priming, staining, finishing, coating, fiRing of holes, varnishing and other surface
treatment. Shop primed and prefinished products are not a part of this section. Refer to the room finish schedule
and drawings for more detailed information on locations and scope of work. The following is an abbreviated list
of items to be included as a part of the paint section:
Masonry .
Exterior wood trim, panels and misc. items.
Steel items including ships ladder.
Steel doors and frames.
DEFINITION
WPaintW as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, elTlJlsions, enamels, stains, sealers,
varnishes, and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
RELATED WORK:
,......
"Unit Masonryw. Section 04200.
"Metal Fabricationsw. Section 05500.
"Rouah Caroentryw. Section 06100.
"Finish Caroentryw. Section 06200.
wJoint Sealersw. Section 07900.
WSteel Doors and Framesw, Section 08110.
wSDecial Wood Doors and Panelsw. Section 08375.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Sinale Source ResDOnsibilitv: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as
finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits.
2. Coordination of Work: Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided
to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates.
PAINTING
09900 . 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
,-,
~,! i
2923200
10/1 0/95
u
SUBMITTALS:
o
1. Samoles: Architect will fumish cOlor chips for surfaces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing
samples for review. Submit two sets of saf11)les for Architect's review of color and texture for approval.
n
u
DELIVERY AND STORAGE:
n
LJ
Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name
and label, and information regarding color, number, instructions, stock number, and any other applicable data.
r
U
Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of paint in a
clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. .
Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and order1y. Remove oily rags and waste
daily. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequately protected from fire
hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of paints.
n
i\
U
r\
U
JOB CONDITIONS:
n
I '
, I
U
00 not aDDly any Daint system unless the air temDerature is above 40 decrees for three consecutive days. Refer
to specific, more stringent requirements for various paint systems.
o
ADDly water-base oaints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are
between 500F (100C) and 900F (3~C), unless othelWise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
r
I \ !
U I
ADDly solvent-thinned Daints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air tefl1)8ratures
are between 4&'F ('r'C) and 950F (3500), unless othelWise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
0,
00 not aDDIv Daint in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85%, or to damp or wet surfaces,
unless othelWise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and
heated within temperature limits specified by paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.
n
" ~
U
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
.....,
i i
I I
W
Devoe and Reynolds Co. (Devoe).
Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore).
Diamond Vogel Paints.
PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (Pittsburgh).
Pratt and Lambert (P & L).
ShelWin-Williams Co..
n
~
r !
i j
u
o
MATERIALS:
n
U
o
PAINTING
09900 . 2
n
u
,. ...
-~ !~, J.~.__
....,~1l~_
. . III lI:II ;m .-
.' '::' .. :I.
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Material Qualitv: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularty manufactured by acceptable
paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade
produd will not be acceptable.
---
ProDrietarv names used to designate color or materials are not intended to imply that products of named
manufacturers are required to exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers.
Federal Soecifications establish minimum acceptable quality for paint materials. Provide certification that
paint materials provided meet or exceed these minimJms.
Color Piaments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated.
Lead content in pigment, if any, is limited as follows unless a more current, stringent law applies: not more
than 0.06% lead, as lead metal based on the total non-volatile (dry-film) of paint by weight.
This limitation is extended to interior surfaces and those exterior surfaces, such as stairs, decks, porches,
railings, windows, and doors which are readily accessible to children under seven years of age.
Adhesives: Provide non-staining, mildew resistent adhesive, primer and sealer as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Release Coat: Manufacturers standard for use over gypsum wallboard.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSPECTION:
ADDlicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify Contractor in
writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. 00 not proceed with wori( until
unsatisfactory conditions have been correct in a manner acceptable to Applicator. Starting of painting work will be
construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area.
Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to
formation of a durable paint film. Do not paint over any cocIe-required labels.
SURFACE PREPARATION:
,.-
General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and
as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition.
Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items
in place and not to be finish-painted. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall
removed items.
Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint.
Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust
off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots any apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot
sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty
or plastic wood-filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried.
PAINTING
09900 . 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
When transparent finish is required, use spar vamlsh for backpriming. Backprime paneling on interior
partitions only where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside.
Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop-coated. Touch-up shop-applied prime
coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up
with same type shop primer.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum based solvent.
APPLICATION:
Mix and DreDare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited
for substrate and type of material being applied.
Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until
paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including
edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of
flat surfaces.
Finish all doors to include tops, bottoms and side edges in the same manner as faces.
Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or vamish coat.
MinilTlJm Coatin~ Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to
establish a total dry film thickness as Indicated or, If not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer.
ComDleted Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not
in compliance with specified requirements.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Owner reserves the riaht to test the work. If test results show that material being used does not comply with
specified requirements, Contractor may be directed to stop painting work, and remove non-complying paint; pay
for testing; repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint; remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if,
upon repainting with specified paint, the,two coatings are non-compatible.
CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION:
Clean-UD: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of
each work day.
Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint
by proper methods of washing and scraping, using car not to scratch or othelWise damage finished surfaces.
Protection: Protect work from other trades and from the public, through the use of barricades, signs and other
forms of protection. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to
Architect.
PAINTING
09900 - 4
.' iii..
.,f h.11 . '.'
"'iilIB . .. '. .. .r
_....V{""'. .'4ij'
Ii
i i
U
'0
~
I '
J i
'--'
n
I I
u
n
u
n
I I
U
n
i \
G
n
I
U
n 1
I '
U
o I
n,
(I I
"-~
n
, I
; ~
U
n I
U
r: -
i i I
It
G
I
ri I'
U
n
, I
U
n
; \
l.J
,....,
\1
'--!
0
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Provide "Wet PaintW signs as required to protect newly-painted finishes. Remove temporary protective
wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations.
At cofl1)letion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
PAINT SCHEDULE:
General: Provide the following Paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated. There are typically only two
manufacturers listed below. Supply paint equal to those listed below, but only from approved list of wmanufacturersw
listed above.
1. Ferrous Metal: Full Gloss Alkyd Trim Enamel:
Prime Coat: Zinc chromate primer: Pittsburgh 6-204 PPG Zinc Chromate Primer.
1st and 2nd Finish Coats: Alkyd Gloss Enamel (FS TT-P-37) with deep tone base as required, depending
on color selected: Pittsburgh 6-Line Speedhide Exterior Wood Finish, Deeptone Base 6-836.
2. Zinc-Coated Metal: High Gloss Alkyd Enamel:
Prime Coat: Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide Primer (FS TT-P-641): Pittsburgh 6-215 Speedhide Galvanized Steel
Primer.
1st and 2nd Finish Coat: High Gloss Alkyd Enamel(FS TT-E-489): Pittsburgh 6-252 Speedhide Quick-Dry
Alkyd Gloss Enamel.
3. Exterior wood: Semi-transparent oil stain.
1st and 2nd Coats: Acrylic emulsion: Pittsburg 77-860, 900 Series, Rez wood preservative and stain, alkyd
type.
4. Interior Concrete Masonry Units: Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel.
Filler Coat: Solvent-Thinned Block Filler (FS TT-F-1098). Apply filler coat at a rate to ensure complete
coverage with pores filled: Moore's Standard Blockfiller/Masonry Paint.
~
First Coat: Enamel Undercoater (FS TT-E-543): Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody.
Second Coat: Odor1ess Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel (FS TT- E-509): Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel.
5. Filler Putty: As recommended by Paint Manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 09900
~'
PAINTING
09900 - 5
.i.'.
"i' It
. '!ll "11,.-"- "m.
:~
k....J
u
n
LJ
n
, I
I :
U
n
i I
L
o
r,
, ,
, ,
U
n
U
,.,
: I
U
n
u
1\
l I
.....J
n
j ,I
U
\1
U
r
U\
:-"
\ i
u
,.,
i i
U
n
u
n
'-i
.... . " .-
n
~ I
'---'
..... .... .
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 10160 - TOILET PARTITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY:
Section includes overhead braced, baked enamel steel toilet partitions as Indicated on the drawings and as
specified herein.
RELATED WORK:
Section 10800. Toilet Accessories.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's detailed technical data for materials, fabrication, and installation, including
catalog cuts of anchors, hardware, fastenings, and accessories.
2. ShoD Drawlnas: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of toilet partition assemblies not fully described
by product drawings, templates, and instructions for installation of anchorage devices built into other work.
3. Sarnoles: Submit full range of color samples for each type of unit required. Submit 6- square samples of each
color and finish on same substrate to be used in work, for color verification after selections have been made.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where
possible, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever
taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay work.
2. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for installation of toilet
partitions and related work; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Coordinate with miscellaneous
metals supplier for support steel.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
Accurate Partitions Div., United States Gypsum Co.
American Sanitary Partition Corporation.
TOILET PARTITIONS
10160 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
,......,
/ '
I
10/10/95 L
General Partitions Mfg. Corp.
Global Steel Products. .
Knickerbocker Partition Corporation.
Santana Products Co.
Sanymetal Products Co.
MATERIALS:
General: Provide materials which have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which
exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections.
on finished units are not acceptable.
Steel Sheets: ASTM A 591, Class C, and galvanized, with 20 gage pilasters, panels and screens, and 22 gage
doors.
.E!n!m: Provide thermostatically applied enamel finish of two coats over baked-on primer.
Color: Architect shall choose two colors from a complete list of standard colors.
StirruD Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilasters, either chromium-plated
non-ferrous cast alloy (WZamacW) or anodized aluminum.
Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy- duty operating hardware and accessories of
chromium-plated non- ferrous cast alloy ("ZamacW).
Anchoraaes and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, chromium-plated steel,
or brass finished to match hardware, with theft-resistant type heads and nuts. For concealed anchors, use hot-dip
galvanized, cadmium- plated, or other rust-resistant protective-coated steel.
FABRICATION:
General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for partition system, unless othelWise
indicated. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition-mounted hardware,
accessories, and grab bars, as indicated.
Door Dimensions: Unless othelWise indicated, furnish 24W wide inswinging doors for ordinary toilet stalls and 32w
wide (clear opening: or wider if code requirements change prior to shop drawings) outswinging doors at stalls
equipped for use by handicapped.
Overhead Braced Partitions: Furnish manufacturers standard overhead braced system including all floor anchorage
devices, aluminum extrusions for hoizonatal bracing and other items necessary for a complete installation.
Hardware: Furnish hardware for each compartment in partition system, as follows:
Hinaes: Cutout inset type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. Provide gravity
type, spring- action cam type, or concealed torsion rod type, to suit manufacturer's standards.
Latch and KeeDer: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit, designed for emergency access,
with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper.
TOILET PARTITIONS
10160 - 2
'I...
f!Ii~.. .~ ~ 1.1:&
-',;~I" :__,:..-. iI;
.~~.'.:".J"
;-',
lJ
..-,
, '
u
,.....,
I I
I I
'-1
n
i I
G
n
i i
U
o
n
u
n
u
"
U
o
r:
, \
U
n
( \
W
n
U
n
I I
\ !
LJ
r
u
D
n
u
n
L-J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard unit, combination hook and rubber-tipped bufl1)8r, sized to prevent
door hitting mounted accessories.
Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit for swinging doors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install partitions rigid,
straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2w between pilasters and panels, and not more
than 1w between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets attached near top
and bottom of panel. Locate wall brackets so that holes for wall anchorages occur in masonry or tile joints. Secure
panels to pilasters with not less than two stirrup brackets located to align with stirrup brackets at wall. Secure
panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices.
Overhead braced Partitions: Secure pilasters to floor and install overhead components and other accessories level
and plumb, and tighten installation with devices fumished. Hang doors and adjust so that bottoms of doors are
level with bottom of pilasters when doors are in closed position.
ADJUST AND CLEAN:
Hardware Adiustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on inswinging doors to hold
open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on outswinging doors (and
entrance swing doors) to retum to fully closed position.
Clean exposed surfaces of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and
provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period.
END OF SECTION 10160
-
TOILET PARTITIONS
10160 - 3
" *11.
-. I; J ... I :1.-'--, H.,
. '. . .'-,ilI..
<..... " ..
I)
\ i
LJ
,..-"
1 i
LJ
Ii
\ (
.-'
i .
I I
, ,
'-"
n
\ \
L...
n
u
r
,~
o
o
1"'"",
j
I .
U
I
. ,
U
r
I I
LJ
n
! t
L.J
11
, ,
\ \
U
11
U
r,
i i
U
n
u
11
---
"
f :
LJ
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes Drefinlshed aluminum louvers. Including materials and installation, as Indicated on drawings, and
as specified herein.
RELATED WORK:
Caroentrv work and installation is specified In Division 6.
Sealants including installation are specified in Section 07900.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Performance Reauirements: Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance requirements,
provide units whose performance ratings have been determined in compliance with Air Movement and Control
Associates (AMCA) Standard 500.
AMCA Certification: Where indicated, provide louvers with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal evidencing that
product complies with above requirement.
ComDlv with SMACNA wArchitectural Sheet Metal Manuar recommendations for fabrication, construction details
and installation procedures, except as othelWise Indicated.
Field Measurements: Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication, wherever possible.
ShOD Assemblv: Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to
minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Preassemble units in shop to
greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearty mark units
for reassembly and coordinated installation.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications; certified test data, where applicable; and Installation
instructions for required products, Including finishes.
2. ShOD Drawioos: Submit shop drawings indicating size, finish and details of construction.
3. Samoles: Submit 6w square, of each sheet metal and aluminum unit with high performance paint finish selected.
Prepare samples on metal of the same gage and alloy to be used in work.
--'
LOUVERS AND VENTS
10200 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Subiect to comDliance with reauirements. including high performance paint finish and custom sunscreen, provide
products of one of the following:
Airline Products Co.
Nystrom Inc.
Ruskin Mfg. Co.
MATERIALS:
General Products:
r
)
i ,
L..J
n
<...-:
ri
U
r,
I I
LI
r->
i I
I ,
LJ
n
i .
U
Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as othelWise U
recommended by metal producer to provide required finish.
r""'I
! (
Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T52, 0.081w and 0.125w, as structurally required.
Screen: 314w x 0.051w aluminum, 18 x 16 mesh: verify type and size of wire with mechanical prior to shop drawings
or order. Cost for either insect screen or standard wire mesh/cloth shall be included in the work.
Fasteninas: Use same material as items fastened, unless othelWise indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications
may be hot-dip galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gages and lengths to suit unit installation
conditions. Use Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless othelWise indicated.
Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and
elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place
anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
WALL LOUVERS:
Horizontal Blade Louvers: Provide factory finished high performance painted units designed to collect and drain
water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of blades, and channels in jambs and mullions. Comply
with following performance requirements:
Free Area: Not less than 50% for a 48w x 48w size, +/-.
Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15w of water gage at an airflow of 1050 fpm free area velocity in
intake direction.
Water Penetration: Not more than 0.052 oz. per sq. ft. of free area at an airflow of 1000 fpm free area
velocity.
AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.
Provide removable mesh/screens for exterior wall louvers as required for the intended purpose. Verify size and
type of screen with Architect.
FABRICATION. GENERAL:
LOUVERS AND VENTS
10200 - 2
.1 1111
_._ _ftl ~'
-WI:' :li,..[:: I . __
.'.. . II .:lI\! !; _
i:
'--'
o
o
n
U
n
u
n
u
n.
LJ
u
o
rl
I I
U
n
I i
U
n
U
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Provide louvers and accessories of design, materials, sizes, depth, arrangement, and metal thicknesses indicated,
or if not indicated, as required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water penetration; air leakage,
where applicable (for adjustable units, if any); strength; durability; and uniform appearance.
Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent construction with tolerances for installation, including
application of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work.
Include SUDDOrtS. anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly.
Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as louvers, where indicated, or required for drainage
to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to interior.
Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding, except where indicated othelWise
or where field bolted connections between frame members are made necessary by size of louvers. Maintain equal
blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.
METAL FINISHES:
General: Comply with NAAMM WMetal Finishes Manualw for finish designations and application recommendations,
except as othelWise indicated. Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect finishes on exposed
surfaces with protective covering, priorto shipment. Remove scratches and blemishes from exposed surfaces which
will be visible after cofl1)leting finishing process.
High-Performance Coatina: AA-C12C42Rlx (cleaned with inhibitive chemicals, conversion coated with an acid-
chromate-fluoride- phosphate treatment and painted with organic coating specified below). Apply three step high-
performance coating in strict compliance with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions using a licensed
applicator.
Fluorocarbon Coatina: Inhibitive thermo-cured primer, and thermo- cured fluorocarbon coating equal to WKynar
500w, from a cofl1)lete range of manufacturer's standard colors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION:
Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorages which
are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to the project site.
INSTALLATION:
Locate and Dlace louver units and sunscreen components plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent work.
Use concealed anchoraaes wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to
protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.
Form tiaht joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants
and joints fillers, as indicated.
ReDair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding operations require for fitting and jointing, as
acceptable by the Architect. Restore finishes so there is no evidence for corrective work. Return items which
cannot be refinished in field to shop, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.
LOUVERS AND VENTS
10200 - 3
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
r:
\
L;
i~
Provide concealed aaskets. flashings, joint fillers, and insulations, and install as work progresses to make
installations weathertight.
Refer to Division-7 sections for sealants in connection with installations of louvers.
END OF SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
",' "'" ..-
'il,
10200 - 4
,J '1 11_-, ___.~"".':._.'. '.. I .. !'II!.
__ . III "
o
i
i '
'-'
n
i !
U
n
I I
u
Ii
Ll
rI
! I
U
,.-,
i j
; i
i.."",
n
LJ
n
, I
L
r
I ,
L....I
n
u
o
n
u
,.....,
LJ
n
LJ
n
i i
I-!
n
I :
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
SECTION 10400 - SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes mounted plastic identification signs and exterior cast letters and aluminum plaque(s) with Prior
Lake logo, installation and accessories as required.
RELATED WORK:
Section 06100. Rough Carpentry.
Section 07630. Standing Seam Roofing.
SUBMITTALS:
1. ShoD Drawinas: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of specialty signs. Include location drawings,
lists and details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorages and accessory items.
2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, color charts and installation instructions for each type of
sign required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
Manufacturers of Metal Letters and/or Plastic Panel sians:
Andco Industries, Inc.
Allenite.
ASI Sign Systems, Inc.
Metal Arts.
Metallic Arts.
Spanjer Brothers, Inc.
MATERIALS:
PLASTIC PANEL SIGNS:
SIGNAGE
10400 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Provide two sians. one for Mens room and one for Womens room, including all features to comply with ADA
requirements.
ABS Plastic: Provide high ifl1)act thermoplastic composed of copolymers of acrylonitrile, butadiene and styrene.
Provide si~ns that comDIv with current ADA guidelines.
Aluminum Frame: Provide aluminum sheet of alloy and temper recommended by the aluminum producer or finisher
for the type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties specified in
ASTM B 209 for 5005-H15.
Provide finish as selected by the Architect from a complete line of finishes available.
Fasteners: Unless othelWise indicated, used concealed fasteners fabricated from materials or metals that are non-
corrosive to either the sign material or the mounting surface.
Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dipped galvanized anchors and inserts as appropriate for
installation into concrete or masonry work.
CAST LOGO. LETTERS & NUMBERS
Cast aluminum sions and letters: Provide aluminum sign, cast in size as shown on the drawing. Provide non-
corrosive, projected mounting devices for installation shown and as recommended by the manufacturer. Base bid
shall include two logos and alternate shall include one logo. Include mounting rods as shown on the drawings.
Letters. numbers and features shall be in manufacturers standard painted finish, to be provided in blue
color to match the City's official logo. Refer to drawings for relative sizes and scale. Architect shall select
colors from standard color lists.
FABRICATION
Panel Sians: Fabricate panel signs to COfl1)1y with the requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes,
colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction.
Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed condition within
a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16w measured diagonally.
Panel sians shall be similar to Nelson-Harkins IS 500.
Edae Condition: Square cut.
Comer Condition: Provide square comers.
Color: To be selected by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
INSTALLATION:
General: Locate sign units and accessories where shown or scheduled, using mounting methods of type described
and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, unless othelWise indicated.
SIGNAGE
10400 - 2
i.I..
iiL 11 ,I i ,I.
-1:;1. ...... Ii,
,.,.,",,~
I'
I '
L;
n
U
,-,
, ,
'---'
n
'---'
Ii
I \
L...
r"1
, ,
I
I
U
r,
U
11
I \
l.J
n
! I
'--'
r"1
i I
! :
o
n
u
c
I:
I I
u
n
u
n
/ !
u
n
L;
o
r-l
I '
I i
u
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
Coordinate installation of exterior mounted sons with masonry contractor. Locate studs at masonry mortar
joints. Provide urethane sealant joint at each stud location, so that no water shall penetrate connection.
Install sian units level, plumb and at the height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other
defects in appearance.
Wall-Mounted Panel Sians: Attach panel signs securely to walVdoor surfaces.
Metal letters and Loao: Mount logo using standard fastening methods recommended by the manufadurer for the
letter form, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
At completion of the installation, clean soUed sign surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Ovvner.
END OF SECTION 10400
~.
SIGNAGE
10400 - 3
~ 1:1'.
_Ji; i ,~~ . ..
1\111__ ..:t.. . II.
___... Jfi ..
;l
i I
L..J
!1
L_J
:
i
, .
\ i
L-J
I
I
'--
n
'--'
n
L,
I'
LJ;
II
I I
U
r:
LJ
r;
1 I
I '
L
,.,
i i
o
o
n
LJ
n
u
[I
i i
U
,.....,
I i
U
r
l
II
L..J
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/1 0/95
SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes bracket mounted fire extinguishers and accessories as indicated on drawings, and specified herein.
Provide one bracket mounted and semi-recessed fire extinauisher installed within the concessions area.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
UL-Listed Products: Provide new portable fire extinguishers which are UL-Iisted and bear UL "Listing Mark" for
type, rating, and classification of extinguisher indicated.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit product data for each product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
J. L. Industries.
Larsen's Mfg. Co.
Johnson-Lee, Division of W.F. Lee Corp.
Watrous, Inc.
MATERIALS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS:
Fill and service extinauishers to comply with requirements of governing authorities and manufacturer's requirement.
Multi-PurDOse Dry Chemical TVDe: UL-rated 2-A:1 O:B: C, 5 lb. nominal capacity, in enameled steel container, for
Class A, Class B and Class C fires.
Provide manufacturer's standard bracket designed to prevent accidental dislodgment of extinguisher, of sizes
required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in manufacturer's standard plated finish.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES
10522 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
10/10/95
'"'
U
PART 3 - EXECUTION
n
I i
U
INSTALLATION:
rl
I ,
LJ
Install items included in this section in locations and at mounting heights indicated, or if not indicated, at heights
to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities and ADA laws.
I :
U
Securelv fasten mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure, square and plumb, to comply with
manufacturer's instructions.
r
I~
Where exact location of surface-mounted cabinets and bracket-mounted fire extinguishers is not indicated, locate.
as directed by Architect in the field.
j,
I ~
L.,
END OF SECTION 10522
rl
,
L
o
n
u
n
u
u
D
~
\ I
LJ
I~I
Li
o
n
I I
U
r;
G
u
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES
10522 - 2
I:
'---'
, ,I II.. Ii.
"""., I: :J ro. i j .-''''--''1__ II. Ii. ;_,iI" ...
."'."
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Section includes Toilet and utility accessories include grab bars only.
RELATED WORK:
Section 04200. wUnit Masonryw.
Section 08800. wGlass and GlazingW, for Mirrors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Inserts and Anchoraaes: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for concrete, masonry or drywall installations;
coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
2. Installation Contractors: Coordinate accessory locations with other work. Comply with local regulations and
trades in selecting installation contractor.
3. Provide units which are fully seamed and have no shall) edaes.
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
MANUFACTURERS:
Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
Bradley Washroom Equipment.
McKinneylSubsidiary Kidde, Inc.
Parker-Scovill.
MATERIALS. GENERAL:
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
10800 - 1
PRIOR LAKE MEMORIAL PARK
2923200
4/15/95
Stainless Steel: AISI Type 3021304, with polished NO.4 finish, 22 gage (.034W) minimum, unless othelWise
indicated.
Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, FS 00-8-613; Rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished
edges, FS QQ-B- 626.
Chromium Platina: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2.
Galvanized Steel Mountina Devices: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where
concealed.
GRAB BARS:
Stainless Steel TVDe: Heavy duty, 1-1/2W d. Handicap approved grab bars of 18 gage textured tubes and fully
concealed mounting. Provide one three straight bars at each location, as shown on the drawings and as required
to meet current ADA guidelines. Provide Bobrick series B-6800.
FABRICATION:
Toilet Accessories. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or
access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate
to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations
and at heights indicated.
Not all accessories are shown in mounting position on the drawings. Verify with the Architect in the field for
locations.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
Adiust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged
or defective items.
Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing temporary labels and protective coatings.
END OF SECTION 10800
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
10800 - 2
.. III"
...._Ai " ,
--( 1~
.,. II .11 .. .~ -
"
I,
I '
n
'--
n
L..-i
n
I 1
L.J
o
,--,
1
I .
LJ
rl
U
i'
L,
o
o !
o '
o
o
n
! I
U
n
I__,.}
o
o
D
o